PROCEEDINGS OF THE Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA Volume lix 1907 philadelphia : The Academy of Natural Sciences LOGAN SQUARE 1907-1 90S The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, February 25, 1908. I hereby certify that printed copies of the Pkoceedtngs for 1907 have been mailed as follows : — Pages 1-113. mailed April '2, 1907. 113-128 ■' April 5, 1907. 129-148 " April 21,1907. 149-180 " May 28,1907. 181-244 " June 21, 1907. 245-308 " August IG, 1907. 309-388 ' October 2, 1907. 389-410 " November 8,1907. 417-432 " December 4,1907. 433-448 " January 17, 1908. 449-480 " January 27, 1908. 481-512 " February 5,1908. 513-57G " February 25,1908. EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D., llecordincj Secretary. PUBLICATION committee: Henry Skinner, M.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D. Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Witmer Stone, Edward J. Nolan, M.D. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., ex-of)icio. EDITOR: Edward J. Nolan, M.D. n 1 1 "j CONTENTS. For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index. PAGE CoxKLiN, Edwix G., Ph.D. The Embryology of Fulgiir : A Study of the Influence of Volk Development (Plates XXIII- XXVIII), 320 Crawley, Hoavard. The Polycystitl Gregarines of the United States (Thh-d Contribution) (Plate XVIII), .... 220 Dall, William Healey. On the Synonymic History of the • Genera Clava Martyn, and Cerithium Bruguiere, . . 363 Fowler, Henry W. Notes on Serranida, 249 A Collection of Fishes from Victoria, Australia, .... 419 Notes on Lancelets and Lampreys, 461 Garrison, F. Lynwood, Notes on Minerals, 445 Gill, Theodore. Note on the Genus Kuhlia, 150 Gillette, C. P. Chermes of Colorado Conifers (Plates I-XI), . 3 Heath, Harold. A New Turbellarian from Hawaii (Plate XIV), 145 King, Helen Dean. Bertramia bufonis, a new Sporozoan Para- site of Bufolentiginosus (Plate XXII), 273 Montgomery, Thomas H., Jr. The Distribution of the North American Gordiacea, with description of a New Species, 270 i\IooRE, J. Percy, Ph.D. Description of new Species of Spioni- form Annelids (Plates XV, XVI), 195 Description of a New Species of Annelid from Wood's Hole, . 448 Nelson, James A., Ph.D. The Morphology of [Dinophilus con- klinin.sp. (Plates XII, XIII), 82 Palmer, Clayton F. The Anatoni}'- of the Californian Haliotidte (Plate XXX), . . . ._ 396 Pilsbry, II. A. Origin of the Tropical Forms of the Land Mol- luscan Fauna of Southern Florida, 193 New and Little-known Whelks from Northern Japan and the Kuril Islands (Plates XIX, XX), 243 Notes on some Pacific Cirripedes (Plate XXIX), . . . .• 360 iii IV CONTENTS. PAGE Notes on the Cirripede Genus Megalasma (Plate XXXI) , 408 New Clausiliidai of the Japanese Empire — XI (Plate XXXII, XXXIII, XXXIV), 499 Rehn, James A. G. Notes on Orthoptera from Southern Arizona, with Descriptions of New Species, 24 Non-Saltatorial ami Acridoid Orthoptera from Sapucay, Paraguay, 151 Orthoptera of the Families Tettigonidse and Gryllidse from Sapucay, Paraguay o70 Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan Hebard. Orthoptera from Northern Florida, 279 Smith, Burnett. Note on the Value of the Gastropod Apex as a Means of Classification, 194 A Contribution to the Morphology of Pyrula ( Plate XVII), . 208 A New Species of Athleta, and a Note on the Morphology of Athleta petrosa, 229 St©ne, Witmer. The Life- Areas of Southern New Jersey, . . 452 Surface, Frank M. The Early Development of a Polyclad, Planocera inquilinaWh. (Plates XXXV-XL), ... 514 Vanatta, E. G. Notes on the Leaf-hairs of Lesquerella (Plate XXI) 247 Van Duzee, E. P. Studies of North American Fulgoridse, . 467 Vaux, George, Jr., and William S. Observations made in 1907 on Glaciers in Alberta and British Columbia, . 560 PROCEEDINGS ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES PHILADEEPHIA. 1907. January 15. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-six persons present. The death of Edward Coles, a member, August, 1906, was announced. The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had been appointed to serve during the ensuing year: Finance. — John Cadwalader, Edwin S. Dixon, EfHngham B. Morris, Horatio C. Wood, M.D., and the Treasurer. Publications. — Henry Skinner, M.D., Witmer Stone, Henr}^ A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Edward J. Nolan, M.D. Library. — Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, Thomas Biddle, M.D., Benjamin Sharp, M.D., George Vaux, Jr., and Henry Tucker, M.D. Instruction and Lectures. — Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Charles Morris, Philip P. Calvert and Dr. C. Newlin Peirce. Committee of Council on By-Laws. — Arthur Erwin Brown, Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., John Cadwalader and Charles B. Pen- rose, M.D. 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., The President is, ex-ofjicio, a member of all Standing Committees. Dr. Henry Leffman made a communication on diamonds and diamond mining in southern Africa. (No abstract.) Edwin T. Simpson and ]\Iary W. James were elected members. The following was ordered to be printed : 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. CHERMES OF COLORADO CONIFERS. BY C. P. GILLETTE. Genus Chcrmcs comprises a small number of species that have not received the attention which is their due in this country. As an economic group the}" are of little importance so far as their injuries to forest trees are concerned, but some of the species become decidedly- injurious to pines and spruces when used as shade trees in parks or private grounds. The apterous females belonging to the genus are characterized by having broad oval bodies, very short three-jointed antennae, short stout legs, short stout beaks with very long setse, and a large number of glandular patches upon head, thorax and abdomen for the secretion of long waxen threads for protection. The winged females have short stout five-jointed antennae, very broad heads, suckers at the distal ends of the tibiae and strong anterior wings with two unbranched discoidal veins. Cornicles in both forms wanting. The males, at least in the United States, are unknown. Reproduc- tion is always by means of eggs which are attached in clusters to leaves or bark by means of silken threads. Chermes cooleyi n. sp. (Plates I, II, III, IV.) Cher>}ics abietis L., Cooley, 34th Report Massachusetts Agricultural College, 1S97; Author's separata, p. 4. Chermes abietes L., Fletcher, Report of Entomologist and Botanist, Canada Central Experimental Farm, p. 190. Chermes abietis L., Fletcher, ibid., 1903, p. 167. Chermes sibericus Chldky., Fletcher, ibid., 1903, p. 167. Wliile I cannot be certain that the records by Dr. Fletcher given above refer to Chermes cooleyi, it is strongly probable that such is the case, as I have examined immature but fully formed galls that were kindly sent me from the Northwest by Dr. Fletcher, and also by Dr. Hopkins of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology, and they were in both instances large strong galls, exactly like the typical galls of Chermes cooleyi. My studies of this species have been wholly in the West, and I have not seen either winged or wingless examples of the closely allied species abietis and sibericus. Dr. C. H. Fernald kindly sent me galls of abictis,^ however, from Massachusetts which seem quite unlike the galls of 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., cooleyi. The galls of abietis involve a comparatively small number of needles causing very large cells, in one of which thirty to fifty or more lice may develop, and the beginning of the gall formation is said to be caused by the punctures of the stem-mother at or close to a bud. The galls, it seems, seldom kill the terminal growth of the twig, and the number of eggs deposited by the winged female is given as "never much exceeding fifty," and the females are spoken of as though their eggs are freely deposited upon leaves of the same species of spruce that bears their galls. All these conditions are quite different in case of Chermcs cooleyi, as may be seen by the account given below. Chermes abietis is also described by Buckton and Cooley as having but one joint to the tarsus; but this is doubtless an error, as all the species I have studied have two joints, though the first is short and easily overlooked. I sent specimens of both the galls and the lice of Chermes cooleyi to Dr. N. Cholodkowsk}^ of St. Petersburg, Russia, asking him if it were possible that this Western Chermes could be abietis or sibericus, and in his reply, written October 23, 1904, he said, "This is decidedly not Cherines abietis, nor is it Chermes sibericus, but a new species." Life Habits. — The small hibernating form of this louse spends the fall and winter months upon the twigs of its host-plant, with its long setse thrust into the crevices in the bark between the needles. The heavy winter skin is cast at Fort Collins about the middle of April, and in a day or two the white secretion again shows the location of the louse, which is always upon the under side of the twig. The first eggs are deposited at Fort Collins about April 25, before the female has attained her maximum size. On May 3, 1906, three of the fifteen females examined were laying eggs, and the largest niunber found at one female was twelve. The white waxy threads completely hide both the eggs and the female at first, and serve doubtless as a protection to them (Plate I, figs. A, B. C). These white patches from a single female may measure four or five millimeters across and cover several hundred eggs. Counts of a few patches gave the following numbers: One female, 344 unhatched, 75 hatched; another, 561 unhatched, 0 hatched; two females together, 751 unhatched, 200 hatched, an average of 483. I have frequently counted four or five of these egg-masses within two inches of the end of a twig, and I have counted as many as fifteen females ovipositing on this length of stem. About May 20, before the hibernating females had finished laying their eggs, those that were first deposited began to hatch, and by May 25 the lice were hatching rapidly and locating at the bases of the tender 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rHILADELPHIA. 5 now loaves that woro just hojiinniii}!; to show at the terminal buds. I have been unable to see that the punctures of the stem-mothers have any effect to jiroduce the galls, which seems to be caused entirely by the irritation produced by the young lice inserting their beaks and sucking the sap at the bases of the young growing needles. In fact, only those needles enter into the formation of the gall that actually have lice located at their liases. It sometimes happens that only a few needles are attacked and these needles become swollen at their bases, while all the others on the new growth of the twig are normal ; and it is not infrequent that a few of tlie needles of the new growth fail to have any lice locate in their axils, and these needles remain normal in form on a gall where all others are greatly swollen. It seems pos- sible, however, that the jiuncture of the stem-mother may have some influop.co upon the formation of the gall, as I transferred hatching egg- masses in se\'eral instances to twigs where there was no egg-mass and in no case did a gall form or any of the lice live. I also transferred the eggs to tender new growths of red fir (Pscudofsuga mucronata) , but none of the young hatching from the eggs became established uj)on the changed food plant. The galls (Pis. 1 and II) develop with surprising rapidity, and are due to the thickening and lateral enlargement of the bases of the needles together with the enlarging of the stem. In color, the growing galls vary from light green to a dark purple. They are always terminal in position and kill the end of the twig, except when the lice attack the bases of a few needles only on one side of the new growth, leaving the others, including those at the end, to develop normally, and such galls are quite uncommon. The size of the gall depends upon the vigor of the tree and the num- ber of lice that are at hand to attack the new leaves. A weak growing twig cannot develop a large gall. A'igorous growing young silver spruces {Picea pmryana) on the campus of the Colorado Agricultural College often develop galls that are If to 2 inches in length and h to f of an inch in thickness inside of the needles. Average galls have from 75 to 150 chambers and consequently a like number of needles, with from 1 to 10 or 12 lice to a chamber. Air. Charles Jones counted the needles upon three large galls for me which ran as follows: 125, 170 and 215, an average of 170 needles to a gall. At the base there was an average of about 12, at the middle about 8 and near the tip about 5 young lice to a chamber. The largest number found in one cavity was 32. Mr. George Weldon reareil and counted the lice from five large-sized galls for me and they ran as follows : 463, 602, 750, 894, and 096. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., The lice within the galls are light red in color, and their bodies are more or less covered with the white waxy secretion which occurs both in the form of a powder and as threads. It might seem that there would be no need of this secretion as a protection in the galls, but it is of the greatest importance here as the lice give off a large amount of liquid excretion, which would drown them if it was not prevented from touching their bodies by their covering which is not wet by the excre- tion. The cast skins also come into service here. Prof. Cooley has called attention to the fact that the lice within the galls of Chermes abietis retain their cast skins for a time, fastened to the posterior end of the body. If one of the galls is broken open when nearly mature, the cast skins may be seen filled as full as they can hold with the liquid excretions. Thc,y may be shaken out in the hand and examined, but are easily broken. Thej^ appear like plump white models (ghosts) of the lice that shed them. About the 1st of July at Fort Collins the lice begin to transform to pupse, and a few days later the most advanced galls begin to open. The earliest gall found with lice escaping in 1906 was taken by Mr. L. C. Bragg, July 3, on a tree exposed to the open sun on the south side of a building. On Juh' 16, trees most exposed to the sun and not very thrifty had matured nearly all their galls and most of the lice had escaped. Large, more thrifty trees, and especially those that were shaded much of the time, still had most of their galls closed, and par- ticularly upon branches near the ground. Galls broken open at this time expose the pupte, which seem to pack every chamber full, and all their heads point outward from the centre toward the place of exit, ready to escape once more into the light of day as soon as the opening is made large enough. The pupce cling to nearby leaves, usually those of the gall, and shed their skins. During the few hours that the lice stay upon the leaves the little white patches of cottony secretion begin to show like masses of mycelial threads of a fungus. After a few hours of resting upon the galls the winged lice all leave and go, so far as I have been able to trace them, to the red fir {Pseudo- tsuga mucronata), where they settle upon the leaves, insert their beaks, and begin almost immediately to lay eggs, which accumulate in large piles beneath their wings. Each egg is anchored by a short silken thread attached to one end. The threads vary in length from those that are shorter than an egg to those that are more than twice that length. The threads also cling to the eggs and to one another after they are loosened from the leaf, so it is very difficult to separate them out from the"general cluster (see PI. IV, figs. B and D). The white 1907.] NATURAL SCIEN'CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 wax threads from the head, thorax and sides of the abdomen also grow very rapidly, so that, with the aid of the wings, both louse and eggs are almost completely hidden in two or three days. Egg laying proceeds very rajiidly. From numerous counts made by the writer, and others made for me by Mr. G. P. Weldon, I extract the following: Seven large egg clusters, selected July 16 and 18, 1904, ran as follows in numbers of eggs: 96, 111, 127, 133, 136, 151, 155, an average of approximately 150. Seven medium egg clusters from leaves of red fir, where the lice had been located but 48 hours, gave counts as follows : 63. 66, 70, 74, 75, 88, and 104. Seven selected large egg clusters, where lice had been located only 48 hours, ran as follows: 90, 111, 126, 131, 133 and 150. ^Vhen we consider the large size of these eggs as com- pared with the females that lay them, it seems to me this is a develop- ment of reproductive tissue that is simply marvelous. These winged lice seem never to change their location after they have once inserted their beaks and begun to lay eggs. Occasionally one of these lice can be found feeding and laying eggs upon leaves of the blue (silver) spruce, but it is quite rare. By enclos- ing thousands of the lice in paper sacks upon twigs of this tree, I got enough to locate and lay eggs so as to get a few counts. The lice did not seem to be thrifty, however, and the number of eggs laid was smaller. Four lice located 48 hours on blue spruce deposited 16, 17, 19, and 36 eggs respectively. Seven of the largest patches where the lice had been settled 72 hours ran in numbers as follows: 33, 50, 53, 55, 74, 84, and 96; an average of about 64, or less than half the average number in large egg clusters upon red fir. On July 20, 1906, it required careful search to find one of these lice located upon blue spruce, w'hile the red firs near them had one or more of the lice on nearh' ever}' leaf, and many leaves were loaded with five or six of them (PI. II, fig. Ci and D). Lice continue to emerge from the galls till about July 25, and all apparently are females. The eggs laid by these winged females hatch in from six to seven days. Eggs laid July 12 began hatching July IS, and were all hatched on the 19th. The lice from these eggs are yellow at first, but soon become nearly black in color fringed with short wax threads similar to variety coweni (PI. Yl, figs. A, A^). Many of the lice hatching at this time remain beneath the dead bodies of the winged females, which die soon after the eggs are laid, but most of them scatter about over the leaves and come to rest chiefl}' upon the older leaves near the bases of the small twigs. Here they insert their set* and remain till spring 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., without growing perceptibly in size. These develop into stem-mothers upon the red fir the following spring and are probably the chief, but not the only, cause of the form described below as coiceni occurring upon the red fir. It is also strongly probable that the stem-mothers for the two summer broods of Chermes cooleyi come in a similar manner from the winged females of variety coiceni of the red fir that SAvarm upon the blue spruce in May, as described in my mention of the life history of that form below, though it is possible that the few females of cooleyi settling upon the blue spruce also give rise to stem-mothers the follow- ing spring, though in my attempts to follow these lice through the fall they have always perished. This brood of eggs laid by the winged females are practically all hatched by the end of July at Fort Collins. Host Plants and Habitat. — I have found this species occurring in Colorado at Fort Collins, Greeley, Loveland, Boulder, Denver, Colo- rado Springs, Palmer Lake, Estes Park, and up Long's Peak and Pike's Peak to timber line. l\\ the lower altitudes (from 4,000 to 8,000 feet) I have observed this gall chiefly upon blue spruce, but from 8,000 feet to timber line I have noticed it chiefly upon Engelmann spruce (Picea engelmanni). On August 15, 1903, I noted this gall as being very abundant on Engelmann spruce along the trail from Mill's Ranch to timber line on Long's Peak, and I have received the galls from the same locality sent by ]\Ir. Enos Mills. The galls occm- in small numbers to the limit of timber, but they become specially abundant three or four hmidred feet lower down. The galls at timber line on August 15 were still closed, but a few hundred feet lower the lice were emerging. I have also received galls from the Sitcha spruce from the mountains of western Canada, sent me by Dr. James Fletcher, that seem undoubtedly to be of this species. This Chermes is surely a native of the Rocky Mountain region and, so far as I know, occurs only upon the trees mentioned. I find the galls most numerous in parks or lawns where the blue spruce and red fir are clustered together. Stem-mother. — The stem-mother, in winter or early spring, is a grayish appearing object, about .6 mm. long b}" .3 mm. wide. The body of the louse is almost black, and the dark color shows through the white secretion which radiates in short stout threads about the margins of the bod}^ and rises in a crest down the median line of the back (PI. Ill, fig. A). These hibernating lice are removed with some difficulty on account of the long setse which are inserted deeply into the bark. After shedding the heavy winter coat the louse appears dark green in color, being lighter beneath and towards the posterior end of the abdomen, and becomes rusty brown later. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rUlLADELI'HIA. 9 Adult Apterous Female (PI. Ill, figs. B. C).— Fully grown examples measure 1 to 1.5 mm. in length by .8 to 1.2 mm. in width. The color is a dark rusty brown, and the entire dorsal surface is mottled with dark spots, representing the wax glands which occur upon all segments but the last. The arrangement of these glands is about as follows : On the head, nearly a continuous line of the gland pores on anterior margin, and two patches on a side near the hind margin; on the segments of the thorax and abdomen there are three glands on a side, but segments 5 to 8 of the abdomen have the patches more or less united, especially in the dorsal rows. The other glands of the dorsum have pores quite uniform in size and rather small (compare with var. coweni, PI. VI, fig. B). On the ventral surface there is a pair of small patches upon the head caudad to the bases of the antennae, and another pair of about the same size just in front of the middle coxse. The antennse (PL III, fig. F) are very small, about as long as the femora of the front pair of legs, or .14 mm., first and second joints short and stout and of about equal lengths, third nearly cylindrical and nearly twice as long as joints one and two combined, and with tw^o tactile hairs at the tip. Legs (PL III, fig. G) short, rather weak, tarsi two-jointed, the basal one very short and appearing as a short piece on the under side. Eggs. — The eggs are light amber yellow at fiirst covered with a white powder. They are attached each by a silken thread and the whole mass clings together, so that it is difficult to separate a few from the general mass (PL I, fig. C). Before hatching, the eggs darken some and the eyes of the embryo show- plainly through the shell as two dark spots. Length, .3 mm., width .17 mm. ; good average size of egg-cluster, 2 mm. Pupa. — The pupse, when they first leave the galls, are of a uniform rusty brow'n color throughout, lightly dusted with a white powder. On leaving the gall, they walk out upon the leaves, come to rest, and in a short time the pupal skin splits over the head and thorax, and in a few minutes more the adult emerges. At first it is shining rufous in appear- ance with the wings deep green, which color is quite marked for some time after the wings are fully unfolded. This process takes about ten minutes. The costal nerve is light yellow from the first. Winged Female (Pis. II, IV and XI). — The winged female is bright shining rufous at first, but by the time the wings are spread the eyes are black, and a few hours later the head and mesothorax are black also. The other portions gradually become darker, the abdomen retaining the rusty color longest. In about an hour after the pupal skin is shed the white secretion begins to show^ over the wax glands 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., and the louse soon flies away. The size varies much, the usual range being between 1.5 and 2 mm. in length. The ivi7igs are a little smoky with a large stigma that is slightly green and the costal nerve is yellow. The fore wing in a medium large louse is about 2.5 mm. long, or about 1.6 times the length of the body, with two simple discoidal veins, and one stigmal. Hind wing with one discoidal vein, length of the hind wing about equalling the length of the body. AntenncB dusky, five- jointed, about three-fourths as long as the greatest transverse diameter of the head. Joints 1 and 2 short, stout, cylindrical and about equal in length; joint 1 rather smooth, but the remaining ones with impressed transverse lines or wrinkles. Joints 3 to 5 subequal in length, with joint 3 usually a little stouter and more conical; joints 4 and 5 rather slender, not especially enlarged at distal end, nor swollen for the transverse sensoria, of which there is one to each of the three terminal joints; fifth joint with two short hairs at distal end. The arrangement of glands is shown in PI. IV, fig. A, and is about as follows : On the head two large transverse patches on anterior margin nearly coalescing, and a long narrow patch extending across the hind margin which may be divided at the median line; on the prothorax a long narrow patch occupying the entire lateral margin upon either side, and two long narrow patches along the hind margin nearly meeting at the middle line, and nearly or quite meeting the posterior ends of the lateral patches that are usually reflected mesad a short distance along the hind margin of the segment ; mesothorax with two small patches mesally located near the hind margin, in line with the two middle rows of glands upon the metathorax and abdomen; metathorax with the middle pair of glands only; abdomen with three rows of glands on either side over the first seven segments, except that the middle row is lacking on segments one and two. The lateral rows have the larger patches, and these rows are continued upon the eighth segment; the glands of the middle rows are smallest, and all the four dorsal rows become smaller as they recede from the thorax. The number of gland patches is not constant and the weaker ones are often wanting, and the larger ones sometimes coalesce. Chermes cooleyi var. coweni n. v. Tills louse has been injuriously abundant on small trees of red fir in lawns and parks of northeastern Colorado for a number of years. I first observed it on trees standing upon the campus of the Colorado State Agricultural College, where it has been abundant for ten years past at least. A brief description of the winged female was given in Bulletin 31, p. 115, of the Colorado Experiment Station, by Mr. J. H. 1007.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. U Cowcii. 1 hav(> also nu'iitioned this louse on p. 17 (tf the 1901 report of the same station. This form varies enough from cooleiji to be con- sidered a distinct species; but as these two seem to owe their differences to an alternation of food })lants, I have thou.cht best to con-idcr the foi-ni upon red lir a variety of coolciji. Life History. — The winter is spent as minute black lice, each being surrounded with a halo of white waxy threads and resting upon the upper surface of a leaf. They often occur in a line along the median groove. A few warm days al^out the last week in March or the first week in April cause the lice to grow, excrete drops of nectar, and burst the old larval skin. This first spring moult takes place at Fort Collins al^out April 1st. The hibernating form is shown on Pis. V and \I, figs. A and A^ As soon as the old skin has been cast, little patches of white secretion begin to appear along the dorsal surface, and in a few days more the entire body will be hidden by long curled threads of this material. About the 20th of April egg-laying begins, though not all of the lice develop together, and the time of the first egg-laying varies with the earliness of the season. From twenty-fi^•e to forty light yellow eggs are laid by each louse, and these hatch freely just as the new leaves begin to open at the ends of the twigs, and nearly all are hatched by the last of iMay. The lice migrate on to the new growths, insert their setse into the tender leaves and begin to feed and grow, and apparently they never change their location afterwards. This first brood from eggs for the year is dimorphic, in that about one-half remain wingless like the preceding generation, while the other half develop wings. The adults of the alate form appear about June 10; the wingless ones lay eggs like their predecessors, and the young hatching from them, for the most part, insert their setse in the leaves, take on a dark color, secrete a little of the white waxy material about themselves and upon their backs, and so remain until the following spring before growing perceptibly in size, and then become stem-mothers; but those that acquire wings all leave the red fir and, so far as I have been able to trace them, settle upon the leaves of the blue spruce {Picea parrycma), though it is prob- able that they do settle on Engelmann spruce as well. Some of the apterous females continue to develop and lay eggs, especially in shady places and upon tender new leaves, until late in July or even longer; but for the most part development closes with the young hatching from the second brood of eggs for the year, making two full broods annually besides the partial broods. The winged examples that migrate to the blue spruce settle upon the needles, secrete a large mass of cottony threads, deposit a patch 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.^ of 30 to 40 eggs beneath their wings and die. The eggs hatch in about a week and the young remain on the leaves without developing until spring, as in case of most of the young from the second brood of eggs by the apterous individuals. When abundant, early in the summer, the little snowy white patches concealing the apterous females and their young are so numerous as to attract attention to the foliage (PI. V, figs. B, C and D). Wlien the first brood from eggs for the year hatch and settle upon the new leaves, the latter often become crooked and disorted in shape and yellow in color (PI. V, fig. C). I do not think I have ever seen a tree killed by this louse., but they are often made to look v.ery unthrifty and sickly in color of foliage. Hibernating Female. — The hibernating female, or stem-mother, grows very little if at all, after hatching from the egg the previous June or July, until the warm days of spring. The color, which seems black, is reall}^ a very dark green and the body is fringed all round with short white threads of waxy secretion, and down the middle of the back there is often a crest of the same threads, though these are not always present, and the entire dorsal surface is finely dusted with wax particles that glisten with a silvery white light. The setse are considerably longer than the bod}^ and are inserted in the leaves, through the fall and winter (PI. VI, figs. A and A^). The length before spring develop- ment varies little from .4 of a millimeter. The antenna is three- jointed and little exceeds a front tibise in length, first and second joints short and stout and about equal in length, and the third joint fully one-half longer than joints 1 and 2 together, and quite scabrous in appearance due to transverse impressed lines, and with about four hairs at the tip. About the middle of April the liquid excretion is being given off freely, and the waxy secretions now begin to show plainly as transverse roAvs of white spots across the dorsal surface (PI. V, figs. A. A.). When the winter skin is shed, the louse changes to a rusty brown color, darker towards the head. Adult specimens measure from .8 to 1.2 millimeters in length and from .6 to .9 mm. in greatest breadth. The antenna is still short, three-jointed, the third joint rather longer than joints 1 and 2 combined, and the whole length about .09 mm. (PI. VI, fig. E). The icax glands are arranged about as in cooleyi, but the pores are larger and fewer in number, at least for the glands anterior to the fourth abdominal segment (PI. VI, figs. B and C). On the head there are three gland patches on either side, and then there are three rows on a side over the succeeding body segments to the sixth abdominal ; on 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 the seventh the median glands unite, reducing the number to five, and upon the eighth segment but three occur. A pair of rather large glands occur between the antenna below, and there is a small one on either side in front of the middle coxa?. The rostrum is short and stout, with joints 1 and 2 subequal in length. Pupa (PI. M, fig. F).— Length, .7 to 1 mm. Color light to a dull reddish brown, Ijecoming darker as the time for moulting approaches. From the front of the head are two short, broad, outwardly curved pencils of white secretion, one on either side of the median line. The body is also more or less whitened by a covering of fine white powder, but there are no Jong waxy filaments; head, thorax and wing pads a little darker than the remainder of the body. Dark spots marking the presence of developing wax glands may be seen as follows: Upon the front of the head two large ones, and back of these two others of smaller size close to the hind margin; on the prothorax a very large lateral gland upon either side, and mesad of each of these four small ones; mesothorax with one lateral and one submedian spot on either side, both small; metathorax with three spots on each side in a line near the hind margin. On the abdomen there are six longitudinal rows extend- ing over the first five segments, and the lateral rows over two or three segments more. Winged Female (PI. VII, fig. A). — Length, commonly .7 to 1.2 mm. Color reddish brown with head and thorax black or blackish, legs and antenna? a little dusky. Anterior wings 1.4 to 1.8 mm. in length, slightly smoky, venation normal; posterior wings without transverse nervure. After locating upon the blue spruces the body soon becomes nearly buried in a mass of wliite waxy threads, as in the case of cooleyi. Antenna nearly as long as the greatest width of the head (about .25 mm.), joints 1 and 2 short and subequal, joints 3 and 4 also subequal with the fourth a trifle the longer, fifth joint slighth^ longer than the fourth, joints 3, 4 and 5 deeply transversely marked with impressed lines and much enlarged toward the distal ends, and each with a transverse sensorium of moderate size, all the joints robust (PI. VII, fig. B). Legs dusky brown and rather stout. Glands arranged about as follows : a large one on the front of the head on either side at the base of the antenna, and on the posterior margin of the head, close to the median line, another pair of smaller glands; on the prothorax, a large gland patch on the posterior lateral margin that extends a short distance along the hind margin, and a smaller patch on the hind margin near the median line upon either side. Upon the mesathorax, one pair of large submedian glands, and upon the 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., abdomen there are three longitudinal rows upon either side, the middle row being quite small and occurring only upon segments 2 to 6. The inner rows occur upon segments 1 to 6, and the lateral rows upon segments 1 to 8. In a large series considerable variation will be found in the number of these glands, as some of the smaller patches often are wanting. I have found this form developing on the red jfir only. The distinguishing characters are the short stout beak, the small size and large pores of the dorsal glands, and the large size of the gland patches between the antennse in the apterous form and the robust antenna and small sensoria of the winged form. Chermes montanus n. sp. On July 20, 1906, Mr. Harley F. Wilson collected galls of what seems undoubtedly to be a new species of Chermes at Victor, Colorado, at an altitude of about 9,000 feet. The inmates had already left some of the galls and from others they were just emerging. The writer visited the locality August 5 following, to determine what spruces these galls occur upon, and found them upon blue spruce only. On the same trees with them were old and new galls of Chermes cooleiji. The galls (PI. YII, fig. C) are cone-shaped, from three-fourths to more than one inch in length, and are a modified development of the new growth at the tip of a twig. Each needle, instead of thickening as in case of the galls of cooleyi, broadens in the middle and becomes concave on the inner or axillary surface. The broadened portion may include nearly the entire needle at the base of the gall, but towards the tip the broadened part extends a less distance from the base. The stem from which the needles arise is little if any swollen. The lice cause the death of the end of the twig, and as the tissue dies and begins to dry the modified leaves open so that the lice readily escape. Because of the loose structure of these galls Syrphus larvse prey freely upon the lice. Pupa. — The pupse seem darker in color than those of cooleyi, but othei'wise I cannot see that they are specially different. Winged Adult. — When the pupal skin is first cast, the wing pads are yellow in color instead of green as in cooleyi, and the costal and sub- costal nerves retain the same color after the wings unfold. The length of the body varies between 1.5 and 2.2 millimeters. The color is a reddish brown, abdomen rust brown, antennae and legs dusky, wings normal, hind wings with one cross vein, and slightly smoky. Antennse (PI. XI, fig. A) five-jointed, joints rather stout and somewhat more enlarged at distal ends than in cooleyi, the striations 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF Pill I.ADELPIll A. 15 uj^on joints 3 to 5 quite stroufjly ciirvod, especially on joints 4 and 5, tiie convexity being towards the distal ends of the joints. Joints 1 and 2 short, stout, cylindrical; joint 3 a little longer than 4, and joint 5 a little longer than 3 ; joints 3 to 5 each with a very large sensoriuni ; on joint 3 it extends fully one-third the length of the joint along the ventral side, in joints 4 and 5 the sensoria extend fully one-half the length of the joints; there are almost no hairs except for a cluster of four or five at the tip of the last segment. The antennal characters alone easily separate this species from all others mentioned in this paper. The legs are as distinctive as the antennae, being much stouter than those of any other species I have studied (PI. XI, fig. B). The wax glands that are so conspicuous in cleared specimens of other species of Chermcs are absent or faintly distinguished in the winged females of this species. The galls of this species are very distinct from those of any other Chermes known to me. Eggs, young, antl wingless females of this species have not been studied. Chermes similis n. sp. (Plate VII. figs. D, D', E, E'.) On the visit to Victor, Colorado, August 5, I collected from trees bearing galls of Chermes cooleyi another gall very similar in appear- ance. Winged lice were issuing from them, as they were also from galls of cooleyi. Galls. — The galls I collected were rather short and thick for those of cooleyi; they were in every case terminal upon the twigs, and they are produced by the broadening and thickening of the basal portion of the needles, but not at the extreme base as in cooleyi, see PI. VII, figs. D and E. At the point of attachment the needle is about normal in size, but an abrupt thickening and broadening takes place about three or four millimeters from the twig. Each needle is separate from its neighbors, however, and may be removed without the tearing of any tissue except a small spot about one millimeter across at the point of attachment, so that in place of a number of separate chambers, as in the galls of cooleyi, the lice live in open spaces which pass into one another about the bases of the needles. The casual observer would not be likely to notice any difference between this gall and that of Chermes cooleyi. The pupse, as in cooleyi, are quite heavily covered with white powder when ready to emerge. Apterous females and their egg-clusters were also found in some of the galls, but there was no way to make certain that they were of the same species. The looseness of structure in the galls allowed the attacks of Syrphus larvae which were very common. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Winged Female. — Color as in cooleyi; length from 1.3 to 2 millimeters ; wings a little smoky, especially along the veins; venation normal, one transverse vein in hind wing very distinct. Wax glands of abdomen are arranged as follows : The lateral rows with well-developed glands on the first six segments ; the two dorsal rows well developed on segments 1 to 6; the middle row on either side begins on segment 3 and ends upon segment 6. The antenna in this species is very similar to that of montanus. Segments 1 and 2 are short and cylindrical, seg- ments 3, 4 and 5 are in the proportion of 22, 26, and 25 respectively, segments 3, 4 and 5 are provided each with a very large sensorium similar to those fovmd upon the antenna of montanus. The transverse striations upon the segments run in nearly straight transverse lines instead of curved lines, as in the case of montanus. This species is easily separated from montanus by the presence of well-developed wax glands upon the abdomen, and the more slender legs. I supplied the breeding cage where this louse was emerging with fresh twigs of red fir and blue spruce. The lice began at once to locate upon the needles of the blue spruce and to lay eggs rapidly, but none located upon the needles of the red fir. The galls were all taken from blue spruce trees and were considerably less numerous than those of Chermcs cooleyi. Altitude 9,000 feet. Chermes coloradensis n. sp. (Plates VIII, IX and X.) This species was first noticed by the writer upon the needles of Bull or yellow pine {Pinus scopidorum) growing upon the campus of the Colorado State Agricultural College in the spring of 1897. Its presence has been noticed in some numbers every year since. Some years the needles and the new growths have been fairly whitened with its cottony secretions during late spring and summer (see PI. VIII), while in other years the lice have barely been able to survive in small numbers, as their insect enemies are many and active. The writer figured this louse upon pine needles in Plate I of Fourteenth Annual Repori of the Colo. Agr. Exp. Station, 1901. Habitat and Host Plants. — I have found this louse common upon Bull pines occurring upon the foothills of northeastern Colorado and in the city parks of Colorado Springs and Denver. In 1905 I found it com- mon upon this pine in the vicinity of Palmer Lake. During the last week of June,. 1906, Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell sent me infested pine needles from Florissant, Colorado, that were taken at an altitude of 8,000 feet, and I have on several occasions taken what seems to be the same species upon Lodge Pole pine {Pinus murrayana) growing upon 1007.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELrHIA. 17 the oanipiis of the Colorado A<:ri(niltural ("olle<ic at Fort Collins. Dmiiiii Juno of 11H)5 and of 190G 1 also took apterous females with their ofiji-masses from leaves and yoim"; cones of Pinon pine (Pinits cflulis) at Salida. Colorado, at an elevation of O.OOO feet, which seem to be of this species. In some instances the lice have been abundant enough to stunt and weaken small trees, but I can hardly consider this insect a serious pest u]i(ni the })ines at the present time, except as it freqeuntly mars the appearance of the foliage of small trees in jiarks and aliout private residences. Life History. — There seems to be no small hibernating form of this louse, as of the spruce-infesting species mentioned in this paper. Wing- less lice in various stages of development pass the winter down among the flower buds, between the needles near their bases, or in other protected places. Examples taken February 27 ranged between .4 and .8 mm. in length. I have found the hibernating lice in consider- able numbers spending the winter beneath the scales of Chionaspis pinifolicv. This habit of spending the winter in varying stages of development and in more protected places probably accounts for this species getting the start of others in its development in the spring. At Fort Collins, the little white patches of secretion begin to show about the first week of April among the buds and between the needles (see PI. YIII, fig. A), and by about the 10th of the month the first spring eggs are being laid. By the 5th of May it is common to find from 20 to 40 eggs to a female and the first young hatching. About one-half of the lice from this brood of eggs become winged, and the other half remain wingless and go on producing other generations of w'ingless lice and eggs until fall, a habit similar to var. coweni on red fir. The winged individuals all seem to be females and all leave the pines, but I have not been able to trace them to their alternate food plant, which I presume to be one of the spruces. The w'inged form begins leaving the trees about May 20, at which time the first brood of wingless females from eggs for the year are beginning to deposit eggs for another genera- tion of apterous individuals, which begin to deposit their eggs about June 10. The wdnged form continues to appear for about ten days. I have seen the apterous females and their eggs in all stages of develop- ment from April 9 to October 22, but the number of generations that the lice pass through in a year I have not determined. The number of eggs laid by a single individual is not large, about 30 or 40, but the precise number is tlifficult to obtain as the first eggs laid hatch before the last from the same females are deposited. All are 2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., attached by threads to the surface upon which the female rests, I have had a female lay 9 eggs in 24 hours. The individuals of the first brood that are to become winged secrete a conspicuous fringe of white wax threads about the borders of the head and prothorax in the pupa stage (PI. IX, fig. D), which, with the longer antenna*, readily separate them from the apterous form. Apterous Female (Pis. IX and X). — The length of laying individuals varies between .5 and 1.2 mm,; the color is a rusty brown, rather light over the abdomen and darker upon thorax and head where the color may be a slaty brown. The antennae are minute, about .06 mm, long, three-jointed, joints 1 and 2 short and cylindrical and about equal in length, joint 3 distinctly longer than joints 1 or 2. Legs small and weak, femora about twice as long as thick, tibiae equaling femora in length, tarsus two-jointed, the first joint appearing as a wedge-shaped piece wnth the broad end below ; three clear spots upon either side of the head in the position for compound eyes which may function as ocelli. The ivax glands (PI. IX, figs. A. B, C) upon the dorsum of the adult seem quite constant and are arranged about as follows : Upon the head and prothorax, which are so united as to appear as one piece, there are, upon either side of the median line, a longi- tudinal row of four glands and outside of these another row of three, and still outside of these, and located near the posterior lateral angles of the prothorax, are three more small gland areas. The mesothorax has one transverse row of from eight to ten of these glands ; the metathorax and first abdominal segment each have a transverse row of eight, but those upon the abdominal segments are small over the middle dorsal portion and may be largely missing; the second abdominal segment lacks two or four of the middle glands, leaving a row of four or six, and segments 3 and 4 usually have but four glands each, one upon the lateral margin and one near it a little mesad, and the glands upon the lateral margins are continued upon two or three succeeding seg- ments. Upon the ventral surface there is a small gland near the base ■of each antenna and one (which may be separated into two parts) in front of each coxa. The marginal gland patches show upon the ventral as well as upon the dorsal surface, and in some specimens small glands may be detected upon the abdominal segments just inside the spiracles (PL IX, fig. B). The eggs are light yellow in color and are entirely hidden from view by the long wax threads secreted chiefly from the head and thorax of the female; they vary little from .32 mm. long by .17 mm, in width, and each egg is anchored from one end by a short thread. As the eggs 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 advance in ajjc they become darker in color and exliibit two dark eye- spots of the developing embryo. Pupa (PI. IX, fig. D). — Length varying but little from 1 mm. Color of abdomen a light rusty brown, head and thorax l)lackish, wing pads and legs dusky brown. As the time for moulting approaches a heavy fringe of short stout wax threads or scales develop about the margins of the head and prothorax and along the median dorsal line of the cephalo- thoracic plate, and about six small glands on either side of the cephalo- thoracic region push out long slender dividing threads of the same material. Near the time for moulting the body becomes covered with a white powder and the wax glands posterior to the prothorax are indicated by little w'hite spots of secretion, but no threads are devel- oped. The lateral rows of glands may be traced upon the abdomen to about the sixth segment, while the middle rows upon the dorsum usuall)^ end upon the second or third segment. Winged Female (PI. X, figs. A and B). — Color a rusty brown through- out just after shedding the pupal skin, but the head and thorax soon become nearly black in color. A measurement of thirteen examples gave lengths varying between .85 and 1.15 mm., the variation being due chiefly to the different lengths of the abdomen, as in some it was fully extended and in others the terminal segments were contracted. The wings are a little smoky in appearance, due to a great number of curved black dashes that are rather closely set over the entire surface. The wings vary little in length, the anterior pair measuring but little either side of 1.5 mm.; venation normal for this genus, the subcostal nerve strong and, with its large lanceolate stigma, smoky brown in color. There are two simple transverse nervures and the stigmal nerve is long and nearly straight, ending in the center of the apex of the wing. The posterior wings are lanceolate in form, a little more than one- half the length of the front wings (ratio 1 to 1.7), and have two or three chitinous hooks on the costal margin. The transverse nerve is wanting (see PI. X, fig. A). Antenna dusky brown, five-jointed and .26 mm. in length; the terminal joint is slightly the longest (.067 mm.), joints 3 and 4 subequal (.06 mm.), the first and second joints short and cjdindrical and of about the same diameter as the others; joints 3, 4 and 5 fusiform and imbricated; the distal ends of 3 and 4 trun- cated, but the fifth joint tapering gradually to the apex. Joints 3, 4 and 5 have each a large oval sensorium on the ventral side. There are about five hairs at the apex of the terminal segment and a 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., very few scattering ones on the other joints. Ocelli three in number,, one just above each compound eye, and one median in position upon the front above the insertion of the antennae. Legs dusky brown, tarsi two-jointed, the basal joint very short, tibise with prominent sucker at distal end, the use of which is readily seen by allowing one of the winged lice to walk over a glass slip under a microscope. The ivax glands are fewer in number over the head and thorax than in the apterous form; on the anterior margin are two that occupy nearly the whole distance from eye to eye, and there are two similar patches on the hind margin; there is also a long narrow patch upon either side along the hind margin, and in front of either of these is another very small patch. On the mesothorax occur the usual two patches near the median line next to the scutum, and upon the meta- thorax two large patches in line with the two inner rows upon the abdomen. Over the abdomen there are three longitudinal rows upon either side extending over about six segments. The patches are largest in the marginal and the middle rows, and the latter sometimes coalesce on the proximal segments. For arrangement of the glands see Plate X, fig. A. Young Louse. — When first hatched the young are pale yellow in color and about one-third millimeter in length. The eyes are dark, the antenna 'three- jointed and about two-sevenths the length of the body, the third joint about one-third longer than joints 1 and 2 together, and the first two joints are subequal in length. Each tarsus has two glandular hairs. The young of this species can hardly be distinguished from the young of cooleyi shown at Plate III, fig. E. Chermes pinicorticis Fitch. I have found this species abundant upon a few trees of Pinus syl- vestris in City Park, Denver, but have seen it nowhere else in Colorado. The cottony covered apterous females were numerous enough upon the smaller limbs of the trees to give them a distinctly whitened mouldy appearance. An excellent paper upon this species, containing a bibliography by Mr. E. L. Storment, was published in the Appendix to the Twentieth Report of the State Entomologist of Illinois. Natural Enemies. — Most of the common plant louse enemies attack genus Chermes, but I have never found one of these lice attacked by internal parasites. Chrysopa species seem to attack them very little, but Syrphus and Coccinellid larva? are great destroyers of these lice when exposed upon the surface of plants, the cottony secretion being apparently no hindrance. I have never found Chermes cooleyi dis- 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 turbccl witliiu the gall chambers, but Syrphus larva? at least attack Chcrmes similis and Chermes montanus before they escape from then- galls. The most destructive enemies of the Chermes that infest red fir and pine in the neighborhood of Fort Collins is the 3'ello\v and black lady-beetle, Hamionia picta, shown in Plate XI, figs. D, E. F. I wish especially to express my obligations to Miss Miriam A. Palmer for her accurate and painstaking work in the preparation of the pen drawings illustrating this paper. If in any case the measurements as given in the plates do not full}'^ correspond with measurements as given in the text, the latter is to be -taken as correct. Explanation of Plates I-XI. Plate I. — Chermes coole>/i, new species. — A, twig of blue spruce showing three egg masses, natural size ; B and C, egg masses with waxy secretion removed, X 8 times; D, two galls on a twig cut to show interior cavities, X 3- (Photos by author.) Plate II. — Chermes cooleyi, new species. — A, two full-grown galls, natural size; B, needles from iuil-grown galls showing enlarged bases; C, winged female, beneath and at right of D winged female, ovipositing upon leaves of red fir; D, an egg mass with female removed; E, gall cut to show that each gall chamber has a complete wall shutting it off from all other chambers. Figures of Uce much enlarged. (Photos bj- author.) Plate III. — Chermes cooleyi, new species. — A, hibernating stem-mother in winter, X 85 times ; B and C, adult stem-mothers, dorsal and ventral views show- ing wax glands, etc., X 6.5 diameters; D, eggs attached by threads, X 20 diameters; E, young from first brood of eggs, X 12.5 diameters; F, antenna of adult, X 240 diameters; G, leg of adult, X 120 diameters; H, normal leaf, and I, leaves from gall, all enlarged three times. (Miriam A. Palmer, artist.) Plate IV. — Chermes cooleyi, new species. — A, winged female, X 26 diameters, showing wax glands of dorsal surface; B, the same with wings closed lading eggs, X 20 diameters; C, antenna of same, X 200 diameters; D, egg mass of same, X 30 diameters. (Miriam A. Palmer, artist.) Plate V. — Chermes cooleyi var. coiceni, new variety. — A and A, hibernating stem-mothers beginning to grow in spring, X 20 diameters; B, sprig of red fir showing wiiite egg masses, slightly reduced; C, sprig of red fir showing curled leaves of new growth wiiere young lice are locating, natural size; D, egg clusters of preceding, X 15 diameters. (Photos by author.) Plate VI. — Cherines cooleyi var. coweni, new variety. — A, apterous cottony covered female and her hil^ernating young, the last of June, X S diam- eters; A', hibernating young lacking dorsal wax threads, X 50 diam- eters; B and C, dorsal "and ventral views of adult hibernating female showing wax glands, etc., X 45 diameters; D, leg X 60 diameters; E, antenna, X 240 diameters; F, pupa, X 40 diameters. (Miriam A. Palmer, artist.) 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Plate VII. — Chermes cooleyi var. coiceni, new varietj*. — A, winged female, X 40 diameters; B, antenna of same, X 240 diameters; C, gall oi Chermes montanus, n. sp., X 2 diameters. Chermes similis, new species. — D and D\ E and E', two views of two leaves from a gall of this species, the former from near the base and the latter from near the tip, sho-v\ang the difference in their development; X 2 times. (Miriam A. Palmer, artist.) Plate VIII. — Chermes coloradensis , new species. — A, lice between the needles during winter and early spring; B, attacking the new growth a little later; C and D, cottony masses covering the \vingless females and their eggs, taken during June. A, B and C enlarged 3/2, D 4 times. (Photos by author.) Plate IX. — Chermes coloradensis, new species. — A and B, apterous females taken during May, sho-^ving dorsal and ventral surfaces with arrangement of glands; C, dorsal surface of wingless female taken October 22; D, pupa taken June 22; e, anterior leg of A, X 120; f, antenna of the same, X 200. A and B are enlarged 50 times, C 90 times, and D 40 times. (Miriam A. Palmer, artist.) Plate X. — Chermes coloradensis, new species. — A, winged female showing wax glands, etc., enlarged 50 times; B, antenna of preceding, X 200 times; C, half-grown apterous female taken October 22, showing long curved pencils of secretion and drop of excretion, X 40 times. (Miriam A. Palmer, artist.) Plate XI. — A, antenna of Chermes montanus, new species, X 200 diameters; B, fore leg of C. montanus, X 50 diameters; C, leg of C. cooleyi, X 50 diameters; D, E, and F, larva, pupa and adult of Harmonia picta, much enlarged. (Miriam A. Palmer, artist.) 1907.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 February 5. Mr. George Vaux, Jr.. in the Chair. Thirty-two persons present. The death of Alexander J. Cassatt, a member, December 28, 1906, was announced. The Publication Committee reported that a paper entitled "Chermes of Colorado Conifers," by C. P. Gillette, had been pre- sented for publication (January 28). Mr. Howard W, DuBois made a communication on hydraulic mining in British Columbia. (No abstract.) February 19. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Twenty-two persons present. The Publication Committee reportetl that papers under the follow- ing titles had been presented for publication : — ' ' Notes on Orthoptera from Southern Arizona, with Descriptions of New Species," b}^ James A. G. Relm (February 11). "The Morphology of Dinophilus Conklini n. sp.," by James A. Nelson, Ph.D. (February 15). Edwin G. Conklix, Ph.D., made a communication on the embry- ology of Fulgur, embodying a study of the influence of yolk on the development of the egg. The paper will be published later. The following were ordered to be printed : 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [i'^b., NOTES ON ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY JAMES A. G. REHN. To better present the results of the study of a considerable amount of material from southern Arizona, it has appeared advisable to divide this paper into three parts, each of which treats of a different locality or set of localities. These three are: first, Cochise County localities; second, Pima County localities; third, Phoenix, Maricopa County. The total number of specimens treated in the three sections is 842, the species numbering 116, of which 11 are new, 7 are new records for the United States and 19 are here credited to Arizona for the first time. I. Cochise County. The specimens on which the following study is based are chiefly con- tained in four collections made during the year 1905 by as many field collectors. The two largest and in many respects the most important ones were made in Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, one in August by Dr. Henry Skinner and now forming part of the Academy collection, the other made in September and October by Mr. C. R. Biederman and now being the property of Mr. Morgan Hebard, of Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia. The third collection was made in the same range of mountains as the two mentioned above, but at Palmerlee, and was due to the work of Mr. Charles Schaeffer, of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, to whose collection this series belongs. The fourth lot was in some respects the most interesting as far as range extension of species is concerned, and was made at San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet elevation, by Prof. F. H. Snow, of the University of Kansas, to the collection of which institution the specimens belong. A number of specimens from Douglas have been examined, and a few labelled simply "Huachuca Mts." are also mentioned herein. The number of species here treated is 90, of which 8 are new, 5 pre- viously known forms are here recorded from the United States for the first, and 16 are recorded the first time from Arizona. The number of specimens examined was 526, of which 407 belonged to the Acrididse. The author wishes to thank Mr. Hebard, Mr. Schaeffer and Prof. 1907.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 Snow for the opportunity to examine the material from the collection.^ mentioned above. FORFICULID^. SPONGIPHORA Serville. Spongiphora apioidentata Caudell. Huachuca Mountains, August 22 (Schaeffer), 1 9 . This is the species recorded from Florence, Pinal Co., Arizona, as Labia 7ntiancholica,^ and two d"' and one 9 from Riverside, Riverside Co., California, have also been seen. Of the ten specimens here examined but two, the Huachuca specimen and one from Florence, have the yellowish spot on the exposed portion of the wings strongly marked. APTERYGIDA Westwood. Apterygida linearis (Esch.)- Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 9 . BLATTID^. ISCHNOPTERA Burmeister. Isohnoptera uhleriana Saussure. Palmerlee (Schaeffer), 1 9 . This specimen agrees very well with Saussure and Zehntner's descrip- tion of the female of this species, but it is clearly separable from Tem- nopteryx virginica Brunner, which has been considered the female of this species. The tegmina are longer and rounded as in the female of Ischnoptera pennsylvanica , the latter being Phyllodromia borealis of authors, and not truncate as in " Temnopteryz virginica." In general the specimen in hand resembles what I have considered the female of couloniana, but is smaller, with a comparatively greater space between the eyes, and with the supra-anal plate of a different shape, being more transverse and less produced. This specimen is clearly what Saussure and Zehntner called the female of uhleriana, and this seems to raise a ciuestion as to whether Ischnoptera uhleriana and unicolor might not be separable in the female sex, with very similar males. Male individuals of uhleriana have been recorded by Caudell from the Huachuca Mountains and the Patagonia and Santa Rita IMountains, south- eastern Arizona. ' Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 562. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., BLATTELLA Caudell. Blattella dilatata Saussure- Palmerlee (Schaeffer), 1 9 . Huachiica Mountains (Schaeffer)^ July 8,16". The female specimen agrees very well with the description of this species, which has been recorded only from Orizaba, Mexico. The male, which has never been described, resembles Blattella adspersicol- lis, having the slight maculations of the pronotum very similar, but is slenderer with the pronotum more trigonal, the margins of the same more deflected and the tegmina shorter and broader. The measure- ments of the pair are as follows : & 9 Length of body, 12. mm. 13.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 3.5 " 3.9 " Greatest width of pronotum, 4.6 " 5.5 " Length of tegmen, 14 " 8.5 " Greatest width of tegmen, 4 " 3.8 " In the female specimen the tegmina do not reach to the apex of the abdomen, which they exceeded in the type, but the form of supra- anal plate and other characters are very similar to those mentioned by Saussure. MANTID^. YERSINIA Saussure. Yersinia solitaria Scudder- Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 2 6^. Sep- tember and October (Beiderman), 3 ? . All of these specimens are larger than a female from Gallinas Canj'on, New Mexico, and no traces of organs of flight are present. A very curious feature about this species is the distinct proximal inflation of the caudal femora, probably a sign of considerable saltatorial ability. LITANEUTRIA Saussure. Litanentria skinneri n. sp. Types: c^ and 9 ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co., Arizona. August, 1905 (H. Skinner). [A. N. S. Phila.] Differing from the known members of the genus in having the teg- mina and wings of the male short as in the known females of the genus. Size about the average for the genus. Head distinctly trigonal when viewed cephalad, dorsal outhne straight in the male, slightly arcuate in the female ; facial scutellum transverse, slightly arched in the male, oblong 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 in the female; eyes moderately prominent, slightly elevated above the dorsal outline of the head in the male, in a general way continu- \ / ing the dorsal arciiation in the \ / female; antennie short, hardly exceeding the head and prono- tiim in the female. Pronotum with the greatest width con- tained about two and a fourth times in the length, the dilation considerable, the cephalic section of the pronotum hardly con- stricted and evenly rounded, the caudal section considerably but not greatly constricted, caudal margin arcuate; median carina distinct on the shaft of the pro- notum, represented by a slight longitudinal sulcus on the ceph- alic section; lateral margins practically unarmed in the male, crenulato-dentate in the female. Tegmina very slightly longer than the pronotum in both sexes, elongate-ovate in shape, stigma present at about a third the dis- tance from the apical margin, the apex rotundato-truncate, veins distinct. Wings slightly projecting beyond the apices of the tegmina. Abdomen with a distinct longitudinal carina ex- tending the whole length and more distinct in the female than in the male ; supra-anal plate of the male with the apex subtrun- cate and the width of the same about equal to the length, sub- genital plate with two very short apical styles, cerci exceeding the supra-anal plate and reaching the tip of the subgenital; supra-anal plate of the female similar to that of the male in shape but more pro- Fig. 1. — Litancuiria skinneri n. sp. Dorsal view of male type. (X 4.) 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., duced, the subgenital plate with the apical cleft not quite reaching to the middle of the plate, cerci as long as the supra-anal plate. Cephalic coxa3 slightly shorter than the pronotum in both sexes ; femora about equal to the pronotum in length, particularly robust in the female, caudal margin with five, cephalic with ten to eleven spines in both sexes, largest discoidal spine rather heavy; cephalic tibiae not quite two-thirds the length of the femora, margins with nine to ten spines; tarsi with the proximal joint about equal to the tibia in length. Median and caudal limbs rather slender. General color of the male buff with a wash of clay color on the abdomen and the head with russet; of the female clove brown, the median carina of the pronotum and maculations and imperfect annula- tions on the limbs pale ecru drab. Tegmina in both sexes with their ventral surface near the distal margin with a transverse blackish maculation. Face with an obscure transverse blackish median bar in the female. Measurements. Length of body, 22 mm. 26.2 mm. Length of pronotum, 5 " 6.5" Greatest width of pronotum, 2.2" 3.2" Length of tegmen, 5.5 " 7 Length of cephalic femur, 4.5 " 6 In addition to the types a paratypic series of one male, three females and one immature individual have also been examined. The second male agrees fully with the type in the shape and structure of the tegmina, and the females differ only in the depth of the general colora- tion. I take pleasure in dedicating this species to its collector, whose kindly advice and sympathetic interest has been of the greatest assist- ance to the author. STAGMOMANTIS Saussure. Stagmomantis limbata (Hahn). San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 2 d", 1 9 . Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 cJ^, 9 9 , 3 immature individuals. September and October, 1905 (Biederman), 5c?, 1 ?. These specimens are typical with the exception of the female from San Bernardino Ranch, which has the general appearance, size and form of pronotum of limbata, but has the costal area of the tegmen 1907.] XATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 2!) very narrcnv. coni})arativoly narrower even than in Carolina. This iiidiviihial is so clearly typical of linihaia in every respect, except the will til and form of the costal area, the only thing to consider it is an abnormality of this species. The width of the costal area is less than a fifth that of the tegmen. Four of the male specimens are in the green phase and five in the brown, one, however, not as completely brown as the others; seven of the females are green and four brown, one of the latter being rather pinkish. BACTROMANTIS Scudder. Baotromantis virga Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 9 . Huachuca Mountains (Schaeffer), 1 o^. These two specimens measure as follows : I.ength of body, 39.2 mm. 49 mm. Length of pronotum, 10 " 14 " Length of tegmen, 24 " l^ength of cephalic femur, 8.5 " 11 '' Whether these specimens are identical with the typical Florida virga can only be determined by comparison with authentic or topotypic material, as the original description is very brief and unsatisfactory. Caudell has recorded this species from the Huachucas, Nogales and Phoenix, Arizona, as well as Brownsville, Texas. PHASMIDuE. PSEUDOSERMYLE Caudell. Pseudosermyle truncata Caudell. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 cJ'. Huachuca Mountains, July (Schaeffer), 1 d^, 1 9 . San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 9 . The Huachuca female agrees very well in size with the measurements of the type, and has the basal abdominal segments with prominent tubercles as in the Bright Angel female mentioned by the describer. The San Bernardino Ranch female is slightly smaller than the other, smoother, and has the carinas and lobes similar in disposition but lower and weaker. The male specimens are larger than those men- tioned in the original description, being approximately 47 and more millimeters in the length of the body. When compared with the Mexican P. tridens (Burmeister), the apex of the male abdomen is seen to be distinctly less inflated with a trigonal 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Feb., disposition of the cereal teeth instead of a digitiform arrangement as in tridens, in addition to which the size is slightly less. The females of the two species are very similar, but truncata has the limbs longer and the carinee of the abdomen more distinct. This species has previously been recorded from Dos Cabezos, Cochise Co. (type locality), and Bright Angel, Coconino Co., Arizona, as well as Los Angeles Co., California. DIAPHEROMERA Gray. Diaplieroniera arizonensis Caudell. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 6^. This specimen has fully retained its natural coloration, which appears worthy of description. General color cadmium yellow, a broad dorsal line covering practic- ally all of the metanotum and all of the mesonotum except the caudal seventh parrot green, the abdomen with the proximal half of all seg- ments except the distal one green, ranging from parrot green on the proximal four to oil green on the others ; terminal segment and cerci tawny ochraceous. Pronotum with a slight median touch of gi-eenish. Head with a slight clay-colored bar caudad of the eyes; antennae vinaceous-rufous. Venter of the mesothorax and metathorax marked with green as on the dorsum, and bearing a fine median longitudinal line of blackish coextensive longitudinally with the green. Limbs with each joint greenish (apple green) proximad, chrome yellow distad, tarsi raw sienna, femoral spines blackish-brown. The Mexican D. calcarata is closely related to this form, but differs in the much more swollen median and caudal femora of the male. This species has previously been recorded only from the type locality. Hot Springs, Yavapai Co., Arizona. PARABACILLUS Caudell. Parabacillus coloradus (Scudder). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 9 . September and October, 1905 (Biederman), 1 c?, 1 ? . Huachuca Mountains (Schaeffer), 1 d'. The male has a distinct dorsal longitudinal stripe of brownish on a light yellow ground. The Mexican P. palmeri (Caudell) is extremely close to this species. AORIDID^. PARATETTIX Bolivar. Paratettix toltecus (Saussure). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 9 . Huachuca Mountains (Schaeffer), 2 cJ^, 2 9 . 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 These specimens full}' agree with New Mexican and Mexican in- dividuals of this species. One female belongs to the long-winged form P. toltecus extensus Morse. Paratettix meiicanus (Saussure). Huachuca .Mountains (Schaeffer), 1 cJ*. ACHUBTJM Saussure. Aohurum aoridodes (St&l). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 d^. Palmerlee, August (Schaeffer), 1 9 . After comparison of these specimens with two females of true .4. sumichrasti from Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico, the conclusion is reached that two species are represented. The Arizona specimens differ from the Jalisco individuals in the head being somewhat less elongate, with the eye somewhat shorter and the antennaj distinctly shorter and slenderer. The pronotum also is not so elongate and the lateral lobes are distinctly shorter than in sumichrasti, while the lobes of the genic- ular region of the caudal femora are distinctly less elongr.te and stouter, the length of the principal genicular lobes in sumichrasti being equal to that of the genicular arch, while in the Arizona specimens it is distinctly less. The dorsum of the pronotum is obscurely punctate on the cephalic portion of the prozona and all of the metazona in acridodes and lineato-rugose on the same areas in sumichrasti. On the basis of this character of the pronotum the name acridodes has been applied to this form, as Stal states in his description in the Recensio Orthopteronan,' in comparing with sumichrasti, "pronotoque dorso haud alutaceo-rugoso, sed antice et in lobo postico obsolete punctu- lato." Burr in his key to the species of the genus^ appears to have misin- terpreted Stal's remarks on the length of the tegmina, as the former says: "Elytra abdomen haud superantia, " while Stal's words are; "Elytra corpore paullo breviora, femoribus posticis plus duplo lon- giora." It seems evident that Stal intended to mean the entire length of the body rather than the apex of the abdomen, as in the latter case the tegmina would have been very little longer than the caudal femora, considering of course the slender femora present in this genus. MERMIRIA Stil. Mermiria bivittata (Serville). Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 d^, 1 9 . n, p. 101. ^ Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1902, p. 178. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [iFeb.^ Rather larger than Nebraska, Colorado, Utah and New Mexico- individuals, but otherwise inseparable. The male has the base color greenish, the female reddish ash. Mermiria texana Bruner. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 3 9 . These specimens are quite typical of this richly colored species which has previously been recorded from Fort Grant, Arizona. SYEBULA Stai. Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler). San Bernardino Ranch. 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 d", 1 9 . The female specimen has the pronotum slenderer than is the case in seventeen female specimens from east of the Rocky Mountains. It is possible that the specimens from Arizona represent Stal's S. leucocerca, which is clearly either admirabilis or a closely allied form, but this matter involves the examination of Stal's type. Syrbala fuscovittata Thomas. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 10 c^, 10 9 , 1 immature individual. September and October, 1905 (Bieder- man), 5 d", 1 ?. Huachuca Mountains, July 13 (Schaeffer), 1 d". Palmerlee, August (Schaeffer), 1 $ . Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 d" , 1 9 . San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 9 . This very interesting series shows that both sexes exhibit consider- able color variation, in the male being chiefly due to either the greenish or grayish tone of the lighter areas, the general clove brown or blackish color remaining much the same, while in the female variation is due to the presence of two phases with different base colors. The greenish phase has light green by far the predominating color, while the brown phase ranges from warm browns to a decided umber, the dorsum of the tegmina being ashy gray in several individuals. One female specimen has the tegmina and limbs colored as in the green phase, while the pronotum and head show practically no greenish, being nearly as in the brown phase. The single male labelled Huachuca Mountains is ex- tremely interesting as it appears to represent the freshly emerged condition, as the date (July) would also testify. This specimen is somewhat shrivelled, as would be expected in the drying of soft chitin,, and in color is quite striking, the insect being generally pea green, the dorsum of the pronotum buff, the eyes and distal portion of the anten- na walnut brown the tegmina whitish hyaline and the wings distinctly infuscate. 1907.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 Tliis species has been recorded from several localities in southern Arizona. ACROCARA Scuclder. Acrocara maculipenne Scudder. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 cJ*. This specimen is perfectly typical of this scarce species except that the pale colors are bone white, the darker colors more sombre brown and the proximal portion of the wings, the metanotum and dorsal section of the proximal abdominal segments sevres blue instead of bronze green. Such differences as exist are merely in color shades, the maculation and pattern of lines and bars being the same as described by Scudder. This species has only been recorded from Montelovez, Coahuila, and Villa Lerdo, Durango, Mexico, the above record con- stituting the first from within the limits of the United States. ERITETTIX Brunner. Eritettix variabilis Bruner. Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 9 . This specimen has little or no trace of the supplementary carinae on the dorsum of the pronotum, but the antennae are typical of the species. There appears to be no doubt that Eupedetes carinatus Scudder is no other than this species, as a study of the description will show. The character of the antennae does not appear sufficient to form the basis of a new genus, especially in view of the appreciable reduction of the clavation in species hke tricarinatus and navicula. Another point apparently overlooked by Scudder in describing Eupedetes is that Eritettix* was based on but two definitely stated species, variabilis and abortivus, although carinatus, tricarinatus and virgatus were mentioned through the generic description in explanation of variable characters. Of these two definitely placed species variabilis stands first, and is the type also by elimination as abortivus was removed by Scudder to Mesochloa in 1898. It is thus evident that the type of Eritettix is a species with non-clavate antennae. This species has previously been recorded only from Silver City, Grant Co., New Mexico, and, as Eupedetes carinatus, from La Tremen- tina, San Miguel Co., New Mexico. AMPHITORNUS McNeill. Amphitornus ornatus McNeill. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, 5,500 feet, September, 1905 (Biederman), 2 9 . * Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XII, p. 56. 3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., One of the specimens examined has the brown shades much darker than the other, and the femoral niaculations more distinct in conse- quence. The greater angle of the face appears to be the most satisfactory structural character to separate this species from the allied A. coloradus. OPEIA McNeill. Opeia testacea Scudder. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 c?, 1 9 . This species has previously been recorded from a number of localities in southern California, but not from Arizona. OKPHULELLA Giglio-Tos. Orphulella compta Scudder. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 2 6^,3 9 . The two males are dull brown in color, one female ochraceous, another very dark brown and the third in the green phase. In measure- ments they agree closely with the types. BOOPEDON Thomas. Bobpedon fuscum Bruner. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 c?. This specimen is typical of this form, which appears to be doubtfully separable from mibihmi (Say). The only differential character which appears constant when compared with three males of nuhilum from Nebraska and Colorado is the absence of a pale pregenicular annulus on the caudal femora, as the color of the caudal tibiae is uniform blackish in a Pueblo, Colorado male, and the number of spines on the outer tibial margin is twelve in the San Bernardino specimen and ranges from eleven to thirteen in the males of nuhilum. This species was described from Nogales and Phoenix, Arizona, and specimens from Casas Grandes, Chihuahua, Mexico, recorded by the author as B. nuhilum^ should be referred to this form, although one possesses very faint traces of pregenicular annuli. SCYLLINA Sai. Soyllina calida (Bruner). San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 9 . This specimen clearly represents the form of the genus found in Morelos, Guerrero, Michoacan and Jalisco, Mexico. It is not^closely related to S. patriw (Scudder), supposed to be from California, which ^Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phlla.. 1904, p. 519. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PniLADELPFIl A. 35 ha? anionir other (liftVrontial cliaractcrs lutcous caudal tibia:> instead of the parti-colored type found in most of the jMexican and Central American members of the genus. This is the first record of the species from north of Guadalajara, and in consequence the first record from within the Uniteil States. PSOLOESSA Scudcier. Psoloessa maculipennis Scudder. ralmerlce, August 7 (Schaeffer), 2 9. These specimens are inseparable from New ^Mexican individuals. Psoloessa buddiana Brunei-. Carr Canvon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 6^, 19. This species has been recorded from southern Arizona, Dimmit Co., Texas, and Montelovez, Coahuila, ^Mexico. AGENEOTETTIX McNeill. Ageneotettix australis Bruner. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 9 . September, 1905 (Biederman), 1 9 . Palmerlee, August (Schaeffer), 1 9 . The only previous record of this species is that of the types — Phoenix, Arizona. AULOCARA Scudder. Aulocara femoratum Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 c\ 4 9 . September, 1905 (Biederman), 4 o". The lateral lobes of the pronotum are usually less strongly marked in these individuals than in Colorado, Nebraska and Wyoming speci- mens. This species has been recorded from Phoenix, Arizona, by Bruner. Aulocara rufum Scudder. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 c^, 1 9 . These individuals are inseparable from Colorado and Nebraska speci- mens. The caudal margin of the pronotum is strongly marked with dark maroon and the general color is vinaceous pink. This species has been recorded by Scudder and Cockerell from La Cueva, Organ Mountains, southern New Mexico. ARPHIA stai. Arphia crassa Bruner. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 d^, 4 nymphs. September 23 and 27, October 16 and 20, 1905 (Biederman), 7 cf, 12 9. 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 d^. Aside from the larger general size and broader fuscous arc of the wing this species is very closely allied to ^4. pseiidonietana. A number of specimens have the dorsum of the pronotum clay color, while others are strongly marked with a ' ' pepper and salt" color pattern. Arphia aberrans Bruner. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 cj^, 2 9. Palmerlee, July 27, 1905 (Schaeffer), 2 9 . These specimens agree very well with the description and measure- ments of this species, the dorsal (caudal) edge of the tegmen, however, being decidedly pale and unicolorous in all but one specimen. The individuals possessing the pale edging show such variation in the shade of the same that it is, no doubt, subject to considerable variation. The contrast between the bluish distal two-thirds of the tibiae and the pale ferruginous tarsi is quite striking. ENCOPTOLOPHUS Scudder. Encoptolophus texensis Bruner. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 cJ*. Individuals from Florence, Arizona, previously recorded by the author as E. suhgracilis Caudell,^ are referable to this species. HIPPISCUS Saussure. Hippisous oorallipes (Haldeman). Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 ? . San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 d". Palmerlee, July 23 (Schaeffer), 1 9 . Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 9 . Several of these specimens are what is usually called zapotecus, as they possess red internal faces to the caudal femora. However, there appears no reason why this type is not true corallipes as Haldeman's original description says: "Inside of the posterior femora, tibiae and tarsi bright vermilion, a paler tint extending to the outside of the tarsi and half of the tibiae." This is exactly what we find in specimens now referred to zapotecus, and such a description cannot well be con- sidered that of a form with the proximal two-thirds of the internal faces of the caudal femora dark blue. Caudell^ has called attention to this fact and the author wishes to add that representatives of the two forms have been taken at the same locality on the same day, as demonstrated by material in the collection of the Academy. i^ * Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 566. ' Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 468. 1907.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF rHILADELPHIA. 37 The female representative from Douglas havS the pronotnm rather slenderer than the other specimens, and in this respect superficially resembles //. pardalimis, from wliich, however, it is quite distinct. LEPRUS Saussure. Leprns elephas Saussure. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 26 and October 20, 1005 (Biedcrman), 2 d", 1 9 . These specimens are imquestionably elephas, but in none are the wings clear yellow on the disk as usual in this species. All have that area bluish or green, in one decidedly blue proximad, in another with all except the proximal section strongly inclined toward yellow. The subequal lateral lobes of the pronotum will readily separate this form from the species with pronounced blue wings, all of the latter type having the ventral width of the lobes greater than the dorsal, owing to the rounded extension of the ventro-caudal margin. Leprus glaucipennis Scutlder. Carr Canj'on, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 c^, 2 9 . September 27 and October 16, 1905 (Biederman), 2 ? . This series is inseparable from Californian specimens of this species and also exliibits some variation in the definition of the tegminal bars. The color of the disk of the wings varies slightly, the blue being quite rich and deep in some (two) specimens. This species has been recorded from Hermosillo, Sonora, and is here noted from Arizona for the first time. SPHARAGEMON Scudder. Spharagemon collare (Scudder). San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 9 . This specimen appears to be perfectly typical of race angustipenne Morse when compared with Salt Lake (topotypic) material. TOMONOTUS Saussure. Tomonotus ferruginosus Bruner. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 6 9 . Palm- erlee, July (Schaeffer), 1 9 . These specimens show that glaucous caudal tibiae are also present in the female, the majority of the specimens examined approaching the above color closer than "pale greenish yellow," given for the female in the original description. Several of the individuals examined also exceed the measurements given by Bruner, the maximum in the series being: length of body 38 mm.; length of pronotum 11; antennae 12; tegmina 31 ; caudal femora 20. 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Tomonotus aztecus (Saussure). Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 d^. This specimen is typical of aztecus, as ascertained by comparison with ]\Iexican material, except for the parallel margins of the frontal costa, which is not constricted ventrad of the ocellus as in the majority of the other individuals examined. As several undoubted aztecus have the constriction very slight, I would consider the absence of it as an individual peculiarity. Carr Canyon, Huachuca September 22 and 27, MESTOBREGMA Scudder. Mestobregma rubripeune (Bruner). Palmerlee, August 7, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 9 . Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 7 9 , 4 c? 1905 (Biederman), 2 ? . The coloration of the disk of the wing in this species is yellow as well as red, but three of the above series being colored with the latter. CONOZOA Saussure. Conozoa carinata n. sp. Types: c? and ? ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co., Arizona. August (c5^) and October 20 ( 9 ), 1905. Male collected by Skinner in Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., female collected by Biederman in Hebard collection. Fig. 2. — Conozoa carinata n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (X 4.) Allied to C. hehrensi, sidcifrons and acuminata, differing from the first two in the more elevated median carina of the pronotum, the more 1907.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 compressed pronotum and the color of the caudal tiljise. Of these two forms it is closely related to sulcifrons on account of the slender build of that species. From ociwiinata it differs in the more elevated pro- notal carina and the color of the caudal tibite. Size small (d^) or medium (?); distinctly compressed, moderately slender. Head deep, greatest width ventrad; occiput well rounded and distinctly elevated above the general level of the disk of the pro- notum, interocular space in the male narrower than the width of the eye. in the female very slightly exceeding the width of the eye; fasti- gium deeply excavate in the male, considerably excavate in the female, median carina subobsolete in both sexes, lateral carinse well elevated, the narrowed cephalic section of the fastigium deeply depressed; lateral foveolse trigonal, moderately impressed; frontal costa slightly constricted dorsad and immediately ventrad of the ocellus, regularly expanding toward the clypeus, deeply sulcate throughout the length except for a small dorsal section which is shallowlj' so; eyes ovoid, flattened cephalad, moderately prominent in the male, little so in the female, in length slightly exceeding (female) or about equalling (male) the infraocular sulcus; antennae distinctly exceeding the head and pronotum in length in both sexes. Pronotum distinct!}'' flattened, disk with the median carina distinct, moderately high, well divided by the principal transverse sulcus, the division of the prozonal section being merel}'' an indention and not a complete deep incision as is the pro- metazonal se])aration;* prozona contained about one and one-half times in the length of the metazona, cephalic margin obtuse-angulate, concave laterad, caudal margin slightly acute- angulate in the male, rectangulate in the female; lateral angles distinctly marked, not continuous, carinate in the immediate vicinity of the principal sulcus; lateral ^. „ /> ■ , . . J ^ rig. 3. — Conozoa carinata n. SY). lobes distinctly deeper than long, %-cntral Wing of male type, (x 2.) margin oblique, the ventro-caudal angle produced into an acute process; surface of the dorsum with a number of low but distinct asperities in the male and with weak longitudinal strigce in the female. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes very strongly transverse in both sexes. Tegmina very considerably exceeding the tips of the abdomen and caudal ' In the male type the carina of the prozona is without the cephalic (prozonal) indention, a condition found to be approached in tliree of the series examined and which appears to he without taxonomic value. 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., femora; costal margin with a distinct arciiation in the distal third, apex narrowly and very obliquely truncate, sutural margin nearly straight; intercalary vein strong, median in position for the greater part of its length but approaching the median vein distad. Wings ample but rather narrow, the greatest width contained nearly twice in the length; apex rather narrowly rounded. Caudal femora very slightly exceeding the apex of the abdomen in the male, in the female falling very little short of the same.^ in form moderately robust; caudal tibiae with nine spines on the external margins. General color wood brown in the male, mars brown in the female, in both sexes blotched and marked with clove brown or blackish. Head dull in the female, the markings obscure and chiefly consisting of postocular and arcuate occipital bars, the facial carinse being regularly beaded and the plain surfaces punctate with the darker colors, eyes russet, antennae wood brown with alternating segments generally marked with bistre; head of the male nearly completely washed wdth ecru drab, the dorsum more sprinkled with darker than the other sur- faces, three occipital bars as w^ell as the postocular bars being developed, while the pattern of the facial carinae approaches that of the female, eyes as in the female and with a distinct dark continuation of the post- ocular bar passing through them, antennae similar to those parts in the female but the paler parts are inclined toward ecru drab. Pronotum W'ith the dorsum of the general color, the median carina, asperities and beading of the caudal margin of the darker color; lateral lobes dark dorsad, pale ventrad, the two shades marbled mesad and the margins beaded. Tegmina with a solid median and proximal blotch on the costal area, while a third distal spot is faintly indicated, intervals between the spots very light, sutural margin with the venation infuscate, distal third of the discoidal field hj^aline except for the finely lined veins. Wings with the fuscous band placed very slightly distad of the middle and considerably narrowed cephalad, of greatest width at the point where it touches the periphery of the wing, here about one-fifth the length of the wing, and continued very little toward the internal margin of the wing, spur distinct, thick, extending slightly more than half way to the base of the wing; color of the disk pale sulphur yellow in the male, very weak primrose yellow in the female, apical portion hyaline except for the infuscation of a few veins near the immediate apex. Abdomen and ventral surface sulphur * In this sex the abdomen is shghtly distended from the normal and deduction has been made for this extension. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rHILADELPIIIA. 41 yellow. Cei3halic and median limbs of the general colors, imperfectly annulate and sprinkled the darker on the lighter, the cephalic limbs in the male cloudcil with ecru drab. Caudal femora with the genicular region blackish, a distinct pregenicular annulus of pale wood brown present, the lateral face with three oblique fasciae of the darker color, the distal of which is the only one which clouds the ventral face to any great ex'tent, in the male the lighter areas are almost bluish white; caudal tibite naples j^ellow with the proximal portion clouded and the genicular section and the tips of the spines blackish. Measurements. d 9 Length of body, 17.8 mm. 30.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 4.2 " 6.4 " Length of tegmen 18.5 " 25.7 " Greatest width of tegmen 3.5 " 4.5 " Length of caudal femur, 10.2 " 14.5 " A series of four males and three females have been examined in addi- tion to the types, one from Palmerlee (Schaeffer; September 5), the others from Carr Canyon (Biederman; September 22, 24, October 8 and 28, 1905). The Palmerlee male is lighter in color than the four Carr Canyon male specimens available; this not only being true of the brown shades but of the disk of the wings as well, those parts being of the same shade as in the female. One of the female paratypes is very similar to the type, another is slightly paler and the third decidedly paler with the color contrasts much reduced and in some cases absent. The size appears to vary little, and in structure the chief variation worthy of note is the degree of "blocking" of the dorsal portion of the frontal costa. The fuscous band of the wing is carried nearer to the internal margin of the wing in some specimens than in others. Trimerotropis fascicula McNeill. Carr Canyon. Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 4 c?. Palmerlee (Schaeffer), August 7, 1905, 1 c?. These specimens agree very well with McNeill's description, except that they are slightly larger with distinctly longer tegmina, a feature of variation well exhibited by series of the closely related T. bnineri^ This form is extremely close to brimeri, appearing somewhat slenderer and with a narrower fastigium and wider tegminal bars. Trimerotropis alliciens Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 cJ*, 1 9 . September 24 and 28, October 8, 1905 (Biederman), 1 d,3 9 . Palmerlee, August 7, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 9 . 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., In several of these specimens the elj'tral bands are more distinct than in others. This species is clearly a member of the citrina group. Trimerotropis latioincta Saussure. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 c? ; October 8 and 20, 1905 (Biederman), 3 cJ* , 2 9 . Palmerlee, September (Schaeffer), 1 cJ*. Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 d"'. These specimens are true laticincta, although the validity of this as distinct from latifasciata appears rather doubtful. Trimerotropis magnifica n. sp. Type: c? ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co., Arizona. August, 1905 (Henry Skinner). [A. N. S. Phila.] This very large and striking new species is allied to T. tolteca and fistrinaria Saussure, but differs from both in the very much greater size, and from tolteca in the presence of a hyaline distal section on the wings, as well as from pistrinaria in the practical absence of the usual ulnar spur on the wing. Size very large (for the genus); form moderately robust. Head with the occiput rounded and slightly elevated above the level of the disk of the pronotum, interspace between the eyes as broad as the greatest width of the disk of the fastigium; fastigium considerably Fig. 4. — Trmierotropis magnifica n. sp. Lateral \iew of type. (X 1^.) declivent, the slope of the same being a regular continuation of the arch of the occiput, lateral carinae of the fastigium parallel caudad, regularly approaching one another cephalad, median carina faintly indicated caudad; lateral foveolse undefined, no ventral bounding ridge in the usual position; frontal costa considerably constricted dorsad, broader and subequal for a distance dorsad and ventrad of the ocellus, on the 1907.] XATURAL SCIKNCKS OF PIIILADELI'IIlA. 43 ventral portion of the face the costal carinae expand in an undulating fashion, sulcation distinct but not very deep, in fact shallow in the con- stricted dorsal portion; eyes not prominent, somewhat shorter than the infraocular sulcus; antenna) heavy, in length exceeding that of the iicad antl pronotum combined by that of the head alone. Pronotum \\ith the disk but very slightly tectate, prozona contained about one and three-fourths times in the metazona; cephalic margin very slightly arcuate, caudal margin rectangulate with the margins slightly undulate; median carina very faintly indicated on the prozona, distinct but very fine on the metazona; lateral angles faintly tuberculate on the prozona, rounded shoulders on the metazona; lateral lobes of the pronotum with the depth slightly exceeding the dorsal length, caudal margin descend- ing with a slight cephalad trend, ventral margin irregularly rounded. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes distinctly but not strongly transverse; interspace between the metasternal lobes slightly trans- verse. Tegmina four and a half times the length of the pronotum, exceeding the apices of the caudal femora and the abdomen by the pronotal length, the greatest width contained about four and a half times in the length ; costal margin with the distal third regularly arcuate, apex obliquely truncate; intercalary vein closer to the median than to the ulnar vein throughout its length. Wings ample, rather broad, the greatest width contained about one and three-fourths times in the length; apex obliquely truncate, axillary field with the margin dis- tinct arcuate. Abdomen with the subgenital plate rather broad ; cerci simple, straight, substyliform, blunt. Cephalic and median limbs rather slender; caudal femora robust, not strongly but regularly in- flated, the ventral carina distinctly elevated, length about two and ■one-half times that of the pronotum; caudal tibise with nine spines on the lateral margins. General color pale ochraceous-buff overlaid with bistre. Head pale ventrad and on the face, dark dorsad, genoe lightly mottled; eyes burnt uml)er; antennas, except for the paler two proximal joints, clove brown. Pronotum nearly uniform bistre. Tegmina with solid median and proximal dark transverse bars/** the latter confluent with the base of the tegmen and both extending solidly across the same," a premedian bar is present but not as regular as the others, the pale interspaces between the three bands being sharply defined and distinctly but not greatly narrower than the average of the darker bars; apical fourth '" These bars are darker and nearly blackish on the costal field. " The median is a little broken on the anal field. 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., changing from subhyaline to hyaline with about a half dozen sub- quadrate blotches of the darker color. Wings with the band clove brown in color, crossing the wing immediately distad of the middle,, extending in a complete arc from the costal to very near to the internal margin, regularly narrowing in width from the axillary field caudad, the width on the axillary field being about two-sevenths the length of the tegmen, spurs hardly indicated ; disk pale sulphur yellow; apical area hyaline except for several blotches of dark color, no suffusion however being present. Abdomen dull naples yellow. Caudal femora of the lighter general color inclined to vinaceous- pink on the ventral portion of the lateral face, dorsal and bounding carinae of the paginae sparsely beaded, face of the paginae suffused with the dark color, broad pregenicular annulus of the pale color laterad ;: genicular regions mingled drab and bistre, internal and ventral face of the femora blackish except for the pregenicular annulus and a proximal portion, both of which are Chinese orange ; caudal tibiae orange vermilion the genicular section and tips of the spines black; caudal tarsi buffy ventrad washed with orange vermilion dorsad. Fig. 5. — Trimerotropis magnifica n. sp. Wing of type. (X U.) Measurements. Length of body, 38.5 mm. Length of antenna, 19 " Length of pronotum, 9 " Length of tegmen, 39.5 " Length of caudal femur, 2L5" The type is the only specimen of this handsome species seen by the author. Trimerotropis melanoptera McNeill. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 ? . This specimen is quite peculiar in that the proximal light area of the wings is not yellow but creamy white. The width of the fuscous wing band is about half the total length of the wing, and the internal faces of the caudal femora have a single pregenicular orange red band. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 Triraerotropis vinoulata Scudder. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 d^, 1 9 . Benson, July (Schaeffer), 1 9 . Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 6^, 2 9. CaiT Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 6". September 23 and 27, October 8 and 20 (Biederman), 15d^, 21 9 . Several specimens of this common and widely distributed species from Grand Canyon of the Colorado (Skinner, July 11) are also in hand. Trimerotropis cyaneipennis Bruner. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 6 d^, 6 9 . September 24, 1905 (Biederman), 6 (d, 4 9 . Palmerlee, September (Schaeffer), 1 9 . Scudder's T. cijanea^- appears to be a synonym of this species. HADROTETTIX Scudder. Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 2 d, 3 9. September 23 (Biederman), 1 d, 2 9 . Palmerlee, July 31 (Schaeffer), 1 d. TREPIDULUS Mc'Neill. Trepidulas melleolus (Scudder). 1902. Conozon vielleola Scudder, Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci., IX, p. 34, pi. II, fig. 2. [La Cueva, Organ Mountains, New Mexico.] 1905. Mestobregma gracilipes Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 471, fig. 5. [-\ogales and Huachuca Mountains, Arizona.] 1906. 'frepididus gracilipes Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 185. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 d. There is no doubt in the author's mind that Conozoa melleola is the species later described by Caudell as Meslohregma gracilipes. A com- parison of the descriptions shows the identity of the two species. HELIASTUS Saussure. Heliastus benjamini Caudell. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 4 (d, 2 9 . September 22 and 23, October 20 and 24 (Biederman), 3 d", 8 9 . Palmerlee, August 7 (Schaeffer), 1 9 . This series shows that in general color some specimens are decidedly grayish, while others are warm brown, the tegminal bars varying little in intensity. In some female individuals the metanotum is slightly more tumid than in others. " Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci., IX, p. 36. 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Fel:)., Heliastus aridus (Bnmer). Can- Canyon, Hiiachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 9 . Palm- erlee, August (Schaeffer), 1 d^, 1 ?. San Bernardino Ranch,'! 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 c?. The Carr Canyon specimen is grayish, the Palmerlee individuals reddish, BRACHYSTOLA Scudder. Brachystola intermedia Bruner. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 3 nymphs. September 23 and 24, 1905 (Biederman), 5 o', 3 9. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 nymph. This species, recently descril^ed from Sonora(?) and Mazatlan, Mexico, was considered by the describer to possibly reach "south- western Arizona in the vicinity of the Huachuca ^Mountains," an opinion which the present material well sustains. In size the adults in this series are fairly uniform, only one male l^eing slightly smaller than the others, while the coloration is distinctly more uniform than usual in series of this genus. As the male sex was not in the possession of the describer, the measurements of an average male may be of inteiest: Length of body, 41 mm. Length of pronotum 11.5 " Caudal width of dorsum of pronotum, 7.7 " Length of tegmen, 7.8 " Length of caudal femur, 25.5 " PHRYNOTETTIX Glover. Phrynotettix magnus (Thomas)." Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 7 6^, 5 9 . September 24 and 27 and October 8 (Biederman), 9 cJ*, 2 9 . Palmer- lee, August (Schaeffer), 1 d"', 1 9 . San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet (F. H. Snow),l (^,19. This series exhibits considerable variation in size in both sexes, and also some difference in the length of the metanotum and the character of the caudal angle of the same. In color numerous variations are observed, hardly two specimens appearing exactly the same; variation in base color, washes, pronotal margining and maculations, as well as " By the acquisition of new material and the re-examination of old the author has been compelled to modify his opinion expressed in 1902 {Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, pp. 595-597) regarding the synonymy of species of this genus. Thomas's magnus is distinct from tshivavensis, as is also Bruner's robustus. The specimens recorded from El Paso, Texas, Alamogordo, Otero Co., and Lake Valley, Sierra Co., New Mexico, are of the latter species. 1907.] NATURAL SCIE.VCES OF PIIILADKLPIIIA. 47 femoral bars ami fine abdominal maculations, all combining to give numerous color schemes of browns and grays. A few specimens are reddish and others rather blackish. Schistocerca vaga (ScuddcrK Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 cJ^, 4 9 , 1 nymph. October (Biederman), 4 c?, 7 9. Palmerlee, August (Schaeffer), 1 d". As is usual in this species a great amount of individual color varia- tion is present in the above series. In some specimens the pale dorsal line is almost obsolete, in one completely lacking, in others, particularly males, strongly marked. The tegminal maculations are of variable intensity, in two specimens being extremely weak, while the dark femoral bars and pale ventral section of the lateral lobes of the pro- notum are subject to equal variations, but as a rule the femoral bars are distinct in the individuals with a well contrasted color pattern. Schistocerca venusta Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 6 9,1 nymph. September and October (Biederman), 4 cJ*, 7 9 . Huachuca Mountains, July (Schaeffer), 1 cJ*. The above series contains specimens extremely close to S. shoshone, and the author inclines strongly toward the belief expressed by Mr. Caudell that venusta is probably a form of shoshone}* Both sexes of this form vary considerably in size, and in some individuals the meta- zona is distinctly bullate dorsad instead of nearly plane as in the majority. The color of the caudal tibia) varies from glaucous and purplish pink to very dull purple. CONALCEA Scudder. 1S97. Conalccea Scudder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, pp. 9, 23. Type. — C. miguelitana Scudder. Conalcaea neomexicana Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 22-24 (Biederman), 2cJ^,8 9. ' This series is fairly uniform in coloration, such variation as is present being in the shade of browns and yellows which make up the base colors. The postocular bar is more distinctly marked in some specimens than in others, while in some individuals the black lateral bars of the prozona are slightly broken caudad of the yellowish oblique bar. The caudal tibise vary from pinkish red to deep chrome yellow. '* Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 476. 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Conaloaea haachuoana n. sp. Types: o* and 9 ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co., Arizona. September 24, 1905. (Biederman.) [Hebard Collection.] Allied to C. miguelitana and C. neomexicana, differing from the former in the form of the cerci and some features of the coloration, and from C. neomexicana in the characters which separate rniguelitana from the same, the form of the cerci, however, being very similar to neomexicana. Size slightl}' smaller than C. neomexicana; form siibfusiform, robust; surface rather more glabrous in the male than in the female. Head with the occiput very slightly arched, not elevated above the level of the disk of the pronotum; interspace between the eyes rather narrow, in the male no wider, and in the female but little wider than the proximal antennal joint; fastigium roundly deflected, the greatest width very considerably greater than that of the interspace between the eyes, width of the scutellum of the fastigium very slightly broader than the same, moderately but not greatly excavated; frontal costa rather broad, slightly constricted dorsad, parallel ventrad and fading before reaching the clypeus, dorsal section not sulcate (slightly im- pressed in the male) but deeply punctate, area around the ocellus and for a short distance ventrad broadly and shallowly sulcate; eyes oval with the cephalic border flattened, in length half again as long as the infraocular sulcus in the male, about a c[uarter again as long in the female; antennae moderately depressed proximad, in the male very Fijr. 6. — Conalccea huachucaria n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (X 3.) slightly shorter than the head, pronotum, mesonotum and metanotum together, in the female equal to the head, pronotum and mesonotum. Pronotum wdth the disk moderately tectate; cephalic margin sub- truncate, and the caudal margin with a broad triangular emargination 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 in both sexes; median carina distinct but hardly elevated, lateral angles distinct, obtuse, slightly more rounded on the mctazona than on the prozona, the angles regularly expanding caudad throughout their length, the expansion being much more marked in the female than in the male; metazona about half the length of the prozona, the metazona also more closely punctate than the prozona; lateral lobes with the length distinct!}' one and one-half times the depth in the male, less than one and one-half times the depth in the female, cephalic margin very slighth' arcuate, caudal margin with a conca\-e-arcuate cephalic trend, the ventro- caudal angle thick and very slightly recurved, ven- tral margin arcuate with the cephalic half sinuate, sulci well marked on the lateral lobes. Mesonotum Fig. 7. — Conal- and metanotum together slightlv shorter than the ccea huachuca- - ,. .'" / jian.sp. Dor- pronotum in the male, distmctly shorter than the sal view of pronotum in the female, l)oth tectate and carinate as ^Pj^ ^^ "^f^f ^ . abdomen. (X is the pronotiun. Prosternal spmes erect, thick, apex 3.) slightly bkmted ; interspace between the mesosternal lobes slightly longer than broad in the male, subquadrate in the female; interspace between the metasternal lobes very narrow in the female, lobes contiguous in the male. Tegmina reaching to the caudal margin of the metanotum, lanceolate, about two and a half times as long as broad in each sex, slightly narrower in the male than in the female; apex rather broadly rounded. Abdomen slightly compressed and with a low median carina ; f urcula developed as veiy broad, short, trigonal plates, no longer than the segment from which they arise; supra-anal plate produced trigonal, apex bluntly rounded, median sulcus narrow and deep in the proximal half; cerci moderately compressed with the proximal half thick and subequal, the distal half falciform, the cephalic margin slightly elevated and arcuate around to the acute apex, the sub- lamellate portion of the distal half curved in toward the median line of the body; subgenital plate subpyramidical, the apex well ele- vated above the margin, the two being comiected by a blunt ridge. Cephalic and median limbs robust in the male, rather weak (for a Melanoplid) in the female; caudal femora regularly tapering, not greatly inflated, the greatest w'idth in the male contained about three and a half times in the length; caudal tibiae with nine spines on the external margin. General colors russet and seal brown. liead with the postocular bar not strongly marked ; eyes varying from l)urnt unil)er to ra\\' umber; 4 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., antennse pale proximad, dark distad. Pronotum with the continua- tion of the postocular bar solid, deep seal brown in the male, slightly weaker in the female, extending across the whole of the lateral lobes and in depth being nearly half that of the same, the ventral line being more definite mesad than cephalad and caudad ; ventral portion of the lateral lobes pale russet. Dorsum of the mesonotum and metanotum similar to the dorsum of the pronotum, metathoracic epimera dorsad to the line of the dorsal margin of the tegmina and the mesothoracic epimera shining seal brown, episterna russet. Tegmina with a dorsal section russet (paler in the male) ; ventral section shining seal brown. Abdomen of the lighter general color with longitudinal series of con- tiguous seal brown blotches on the dorsal section laterad of the median line, w^hich is a very striking pale bar, these blotches varying in inten- sity in the sexes (stronger in the male) and in individuals ; apex of the male abdomen and the ventral surface of the same touched with orange rufous. Cephalic and median limbs brownish touched with olive green ; caudal femora vandyke brown dorsad, the dorsal half of the paginal area blackish brown, ventral half and ventral sulcus cream color washed slightly with greenish, genicular lobes pinkish buff touched with scarlet vermilion; caudal tibiae and tarsi scarlet vermilion, the spines tipped with black. Measurements. Length of body, 21 mm. Length of pronotum, 5 " Cephalic wddth of disk of pronotum, ... 2.7 " Caudal width of disk of pronotum, .... 4.2 " Length of tegmen, 4.3 Length of caudal femur, 13 " In addition to the types a series of six males and seven females of this species have been examined, all of which except one pair from Palmerlee (in coitu; August 7, 1905; Schaeffer) are paratypic (Septem- ber 23 and 24). In size but little variation is presented, and in color such as exists is chiefly in the depth of the coloration , the two extremes, both females, one with russet predominating and the other with seal brown the prevailing color, can readily be given their proper associa- tion, as the distinctive color pattern is essentially the same. In some specimens there is a tendency to breaking in the pronotal continuation of the postocular bar, but in no case is this as complete and strongly defined as in C. neomexicana. 9 28 mm. 6 3.5 6 5 14.7 1007.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 MELANOPLUS Stil. Melanoplus lakinus SoiuUlcr. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 22-27, October 8-20 (Biederman), 15 d", 13 9. These indivitluals would probably be Scudder's .1/. sonorae, as the pronotuni is less expanded caudad than in average Colorado specimens of lakinus, and the lateral faces of the caudal femora are either not at all or but slightly marked -with the usual bars of lakinus. In the author's opinion sonorae is no more than a geographic race of lakinus, and may hardly be of such rank, as Colorado specimens of lakinus vary greatly in size, somewhat in the expansion of the pronotum and occasionally have the lateral face of the caudal femora without dis- tinct markings. The reddish color of the caudal tibise of sonorae, as mentioned in the original description, is possibly due to the t3^pe specimens having been immersed in a liquid preservative, as the individuals in hand all have the tibia glaucous. Melanoplus aridus (Scudder). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 23 and 24, October 8 (Biederman), 2 c^, 1 9. Palmerlee, August 7 (Schaeffer), 1 9. Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 9 . From these specimens it is evident that this species varies consider- ably in size, in parts of its range at least, the Cochise County individuals being much larger than representatives from Florence, Ai'izona. These latter are distinctly smaller than the measurements given by Scudder, while a pair from Carr Canyon measure as follows: (^ 9 Length of body, 21.5 mm. 29.5'^ mm. Length of pronotum, 5 " 7 " Length of tegmen, 4.8 " 5.5 '' Length of caudal femur, 12.5 '' 16 " Melanoplus desultorius n. sp. Types: c and 9 ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co.,, Arizona. September 24, 1905 (Biederman). [Hebard Collection.] Allied to M. aridus and closely resembling it superficially, but differ- ing in the more sulcate frontal costa, the flattened and moderately expanded cerci and in the interspace between the mesosternal lobes., which is strongly longitudinal in the male, slight!}^ longitudinal in the female. In the shape of the cerci this species approaches M. hum- phreysii, but the caudal margin of the pronotum is as in M. aridus. " Abdomen distended bej'ond normal size. 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Size medium; form of medium build. Head with the occiput rounded but hardly elevated above the dorsum of the pronotum, inter- space between the eyes slightly narrower (o^) or slightly broader ( $ ) than the proximal antenna! joint, fastigium distinctlj^ broader than the interocular space, rather deeply (c?) or shallowly ( 9 ) sulcate, the sulcation extending caudad between the eyes ; "frontal costa distinctly (c?) or slightly (9) wider than the interspace between the eyes, impresso-punctate dorsad of the ocellus in the male, punctate in the female, in the male strongly sulcate around and ventrad of the ocellus, in the female moderately sulcate at and for half the distance ventrad of the ocellus, the costal margins slightly constricted dorsad and very slightly approximate ventrad; eye subovate in the male, ovate with the cephalic margin flattened in the female, when viewed from the dorsum the eyes are moderately prominent in the male, very slightly prominent in the female; in length considerably (cJ*) or not greatly ( 9 ) longer than the infraocular portion of the gense; antennse in the male slightly shorter than the head, pronotum and tegmina together, in the female very slightly longer than the head and pronotum together. Pronotum with the disk very gently arched transversely, the lateral angles rounded, the median carina distinct on the cephalic half of the Fig. 8. — Melanoplus desultorius ii. sp. Lateral view of male t\'pe. (X 3.) prozona and on the metazona, more elevated on the metazona and obsolete on the caudal half of the prozona ; cephalic margin very slightly arcuate, the caudal margin very obtusely angulate; metazona closely punctate, in the female also with very fine transverse strigse, prozona about one and three-eighths times the length of the metazona, prin- cipal transverse sulcus well marked in both sexes, the prozonal sulci breaking the median carina in the male, not dividing the same in the female; lateral lobes half again as long as deep in the male, slightly 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF IMllLADELIMHA. 53 shorttM- in tho foinalo, tho lobes moderately tuniid in their cephalic por- tion, particularly of the prozona, the caudal margin descending obliquely cephalail, the ventral margin slightly emarginate cephalad. Prosternal spine thick, somewhat compressed in the male, directed caudad; interspace between the mesosternal lobes half again as long as broad in the male, slightly longer than broad in the female; meta- sternal lobes contiguous in the male, subcontiguous in the female. Tegmina in the male subovate, reaching nearly to the distal margin of the proximal abdominal segment and slightly shorter than the pro- notum; in the female suborbicular, reaching to about the middle of the same segment and distinctly shorter than the pronotum, the apical margin slightly subangulate in the male, broadly subtruncate in the female, the greatest breadth of the tegmina in the male about two- thirtls the length, in the female slightly less than the Jength. Abdomen moderately compressed, the apex in the male slightly expanded and erected but not recurved ; fm-cula developed as short, well separated spines, not longer than the segment from which they arise and slightly diverging distad ; supra-anal plate trigonal, the median sulcus narrow and extending about two-thirds the length of the plate; cerci with the length not more than twice that of the broad base, from which the remainder of the cercus is sharply c— ^~ . and regularly contracted to about half the basal wid th , the narrow portion being slightly curved d orsad , . ; '-; / : f the apex acute and the ventral margin slightly prox- '^^iS5:l' imad of the apex with a blunt angle, in transverse jrj„. g Mdan- plane the cerci are curved mesad and then bent sharply opUis desultori- dorsad; subgenital plate slightly produced, moder- la" view "^of ately compressed, the apex slightly rounded ventro- apex of male dorsad. Cephalic and median limbs robust in the abdomen, (x male. Caudal femora well developed but not strongly inflated, in the male vcr}' slightly exceeding the head, pronotum and tegmina in length, in the female distinctly exceeding these; caudal tibife with ten to eleven spines on the lateral margins. General color clay color. Head with the vertex and occiput marked with a median longitudinal bar of seal brown, more or less broken into spots; postocular bar blackish-brown; face and genre clouded and washed with drab, rather greenish-oli^'e in the male; e,yes russet; antennae flame-scarlet, a little oljscured distad and less brilliant in general color in the male (nearly vermilion) than in the female. Pro- notum olive dorsad in the male, of the general color with a median wash of prout's brown on the prozona in the female; lateral lobes with 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., the dorsal lialf of the prozona shining blackish, a narrow continuation of this bar on the angle of the metazona being dull blackish, ventral portion of the prozonal lobes creamy buff against the blackish changing to the general color along the ventral margin and on the metazona. Tegmina broccoli brown with a strong steel-bluish tinge in the male; the ventral margin in both sexes narrowly marked with blackish and the minute interspaces between the veins showing up darker than the veins themselves ; apical margin faintly ( o^ ) or distinctly (?) margined with buffy. Abdomen with the proximal segments marked with black dorsad, the remaining segments and the ventral surface chiefly maize yellow. Caudal femora with the ventral aspect and the ventral por- tion of the faces yellow, the dorsal section of the lateral face washed with pale olive-green, the dorsal face and the dorsal section of the internal face with a median and premedian bar of raw umber, genicular arches seal brown, a moderately well defined pregenicular annulus yellow, genicular lobes with a black basal spot, the remainder yellowish dorsad, greenish blue vent rad ; caudal femora bottle green, the spines black, pale at their bases. Measurements. Length of body, . 17.3 mm. 26.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 5 " 6.3 " Length of teamen, 4.5 " 5 " Length of caudal femur, ILT '' 14.2 " In addition to the types a series of eleven topotypic specimens have been examined, two males and nine females (date identical with types). From these specimens it is evident that the species varies considerably in size, and apparently in both sexes, although the male material is necessarily not as conclusive as the female. In coloration the variation is chiefiy in the brilliancy of the yellow areas and of the yellow values, the base color varying in the same ratio as the pure yellows. In several specimens the color of the dorsal section of the lateral faces of the caudal femora strongly encroaches on or suffuses the ventral section, and this is apparent!}' irrespective of the strength of the yellow colors. In one female the whole of the lateral lobes except the blackish area is uniform cream-buff. Melanoplus flavidus Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 9 . October 8, 16-17, 20, 1905 (Biederman), 4 9 . Palmerlee. August 7, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 9 . 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 These specimens have the coloration much subdued and with gray- hrowns the predominating color value. The Palmerlee specimen is of a warmer brown than the others, and in the Carr Canyon series the yellows usually have a greenish cast. Melanoplus regalis (Dodge). Carr Canyon, Huachuca ]\Iountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 9 . September 23 and 24, October S, 16-17, 1905 (Biederman), 4 d', 14 ? . Palmerlee, June 13, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 9 . A pair of this form was submitted to Prof. Bruner, who was respon- sible for the transference of Dodge's species from /Eoloplus to this genus," and his opinion confirmed the author's suspicion that they represented Dodge's very poorly described species. It belongs to the jemur-rubrum series and must have a very great superficial resemblance to M. sanguineus Bruner,^^ judging from the description of the latter, and in a number of ways also suggests M. corpulentus, which, however, is very different structurally. The coloration of the series examined is very interesting and shows considerable variation in the intensity of purplish-reds and greens, which on a yellowish ground and varied with umber markings con- stitute the main color features. In by far the majority of the speci- mens the green is conspicuous. In all the specimens the crimson ventral sulcus of the caudal femora and the glaucous tibise are marked, and very little variation in the color of the same is noticed. Melanoplus corpulentus Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 21, 23 and 24, October 8, 16-17, 1905 (Biederman), 9 d", 7 9. Palmerlee, August 7, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 d', 1 9. This series varies considerably in size and somewhat in the intensity of pattern and general shade of the coloration; a few individuals have their general color more grayish than the average, others more yellow- ish. The caudal tibise are glaucous in five of the series. The length of the tegmina and wings varies considerably and is more pronounced in the male than in the female. Melanoplus thomasi Scudder. Douglas, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 d. This striking species is here recorded from Arizona for the first, this "> In Gillette, Bull. 94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 55. " Two specimens from the Garden of the Gods, Colorado, recently recorded by the author (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 406) as sanguineus prove on second examination to be regalis. The superficial resemblance between these two is so great that -n-ithout authentic material the two are liable to be confused. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., being only the fourth record for the species — Sciukler having described it from Lerdo, Durango; Scudder and Cockerell recording it from Tularosa, New Mexico, and the present author examined and recorded seven specimens from the Sacramento Mountains, New Mexico. Phoetaliotes nebrascensis (Thomas). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 24, October 16-17, 1905 (Biederman), 1 d^, 1 ?. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 &. The individual from San Bernardino Ranch belongs to the form volucris, the others being the short-winged type. When compared with Nebraska, Colorado and Indiana specimens the males appear to have the dorsal constriction of the frontal costa stronger than the average from those localities; but one Colorado specimen (Greeley, Colorado) differs in that portion being narrower than in the Arizona males. This species has been recorded from Tucson, Pima Co., Arizona. Dactylotum variegatum (Scudder). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 9 . September 23 and 24, 1905 (Biederman), 5 c?, 6 9 . Palmerlee, June 23, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 c^. The females of this series present considerable variation in size, one particularly being no larger than male individuals, while this one specimen is but little surpassed in size by another of the same sex. There is a very perceptible amount of variation in both sexes in the depth of the bluish pronotal markings. TETTIGONID^. Dichopetala brevihastata Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 d^. This species is the D. hrevicauda Scudder of 1902, but not of 1900.^* The former records are from southern New Mexico (several localities in the Mesilla Valley) and Mexico. Dichopetala Isevis n. sp. Types : ? ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co., Arizona. August, 1905 (H. Skinner). [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.] Allied to D. brevihastata Scudder, but differing in the shorter oviposi- tor^ which is also slightly thicker distad than mesad and proximad, and has the margins unarmed, and also in the smaller general size and shorter, more robust limbs. Vide Morse, Psyche, IX, p. 381. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Size small; form very distinctly compressed. Iload with the vertex regularly declivent to the narrow l)ut low fastigium; eyes ovate, small but rather prominent; anteniuo slightly more than twice the length of the body proper, rather thick in the proximal portion. Pronotum with a moderate mesad constriction; in length slightly more than twice that of the head; cephalic margin truncate, caudal margin very faintly obtuse-angulate, lateral lobes shallow, the greatest depth con- tained slightly more tlxan twice in the length. Tegmina very short, the extreme apex alone visible beyond the caudal margin of the pro- notum. Styles very short, thick, conic; ovipositor about equal to the cephalic femur in length, the proximal third nearly subequal in width, from which, however, it gradually enlarges to the distal section, which is distinctly but not greatly broader than the proximal portion; the caudal margin is strongly curved dorsad in the distal portion, the extreme apex, being rounded and nearly dorsad in position, all the margins unarmed; subgenital plate with a small but deeply and strongly rounded apical emargination. Cephalic limbs slender, the Fig. 10. — Dichopetala la;vis n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 3.) bullae quite small; median limbs slightly longer than the cephalic. Caudal femora nearly two and one-half times the length of the cephalic femora, well inflated in the proximal half; caudal tibire exceeding the length of the femora 1)V nearlv the dorsal length of the head. 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., General color ochraceous-buff. Head with the face overlaid with very pale greenish; palpi oil green; eyes russet; dorsum of the head with a narrow median whitish line extending from the fastigium caudad, enclosed laterad by line borders of pansy purple, a broad bar of which borders dorsad the narrow whitish postocular streak; antennae proximad very pale greenish overlaid with purplish, distad clear oil green. Pronotum with the usual situation of the lateral carinse marked with whitish, as is also the entire cephalic margin and also the other margins of the lateral lobes, caudal margin beaded with small purplish spots. The median fine white line with its purplish borders is also continued on the pronotum and mesonotum, while the mesonotum and metanotum are beaded caudad as on the pronotum, the lateral whitish bars of the pronotum being also continued on these sections. Abdom- inal segments beaded caudad as with the thoracic segments, the whitish lateral lines also extending to the apex of the abdomen, the dorsal area between which is darker than laterad. Ovipositor russet, the immediate apex darker. Femora wood brown mottled with broccoli brown and on the caudal, femora touched with a wash of greenish; caudal femora marked mesad and laterad in the proximal half with a pattern of short oblique brownish lines; tibise green, the cephalic and median pair brownish green proximad, clear dark green distad, the caudal pair dark clear green, spines narrowly tipped with black. Measurements. Length of body, 13.5 nim. Length of pronotum, 4.5 Length of caudal femur, 17.5 Length of ovipositor, 7 The type is unique. Hormilia elegans Scudder. Benson, July, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 9 . San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 ? . These specimens belong to the typical color form.^^ CaudelP" has recorded this species from this region and the records now extend from Florence, Arizona, to the Mesilla Valley, New Mexico. Hormilia apache n. sp. Types: d^ and 9 ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co., Arizona, August, 1905 (H. Skinner). [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.] " Vide Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 572, 573. =*« Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 477. 190^ NATURAL SCIEN'CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 Allied to //. abbrcvidta Brunor from Cucrnavaca, JMorclos,-^ but dift'ering in the much longer tegmina and wings, the latter extending beyond the former, the well-defined humeral sinus of the lateral lobes of the pronotum and the more arcuate ventral margin of the same parts, the more recurved tips of the male cerci and the truncate sub- genital plate of the same sex (this has distinct lateral angles and a very well-developed median protuberance in abbreviata). The form of the pronotum is very similar to that of abbreviata, and in this respect these species stand apart in the genus from the others which possess sharp lateral angles. Size medium; form moderately compressed and elongate. Head with the occiput moderately globose, not elevated above the pronotum and regularly declivent to the narrow, compressed fastigium, which is truncate distad, subequal in the distal half and with distinct lateral Fig. 11. — HormiUa apache n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (X 3.) carina, contiguous to the trigonal facial fastigium; eyes rather small, elliptical and prominent for their size; antennae with the proximal joint subtrigonal in section, in length slightly more than twice that of the tegmina. Pronotum with the dorsum deplanate, lateral angles sharp *' Topotj'pic specimen examined. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., and subrectangulate, the width of the disk regularly expanding caudad, with, however, a very slight expansion at the cephalic margin; cephalic margin gently emarginate, caudal margin moderately arcuate with a very slight median emargination ; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep, the humeral sinus distinct and angulate, but not wide or deep, the margin from the ventro-cephalad angle to the humeral sinus being rather regularly arcuate. Tegmina about four and a half times as long as the pronotum, in greatest width about equal to the length of the latter; costal margin very gently arcuate proximad, tapering distad; apex rounded, sutural margin straight; tympanum of male hardly wider than the disk of the pronotum caudad, veins not strong; radial vein furcate, the ramus reaching the sutural margin immediately proximad of the apex. Cephalic and median limbs slender, the cephalic femora more robust than the median, the genicular margin of the four cephalic femora provided dorsad with a trigonal dentiform process; cephalic tibiae with the auditory foramina cochate, median tibiag slightly ex- panded proximad. Caudal femora slightly longer (?) or slightly shorter (c5^) than the tegmina, the proximal half moderately bullate, this condition being almost entirely dorsad, genicular lobes with peg- like processes; caudal tibiae slightly longer than the femora. Distal dorsal segment of male with the median section with a rounded slightly depressed area; supra-anal plate small, trigonal; cerci rather short, slightly curved, distal section somewdiat T^- 10*^7/ •7- flattened, the apex acute and sharply bent dorsad; Fig. 12. — Hormiha ' ^ . apac/ie n.sp. Dor- subgenital plate short, the apical margin truncate sal view of apex ^^^^ laterad with two short stvle-like processes. 01 male abdo- " ^ men. (X 8). Ovipositor longer than the pronotum, broad, very sharply bent at the base, very slightly tapering distad, the bent portion of the dorsal margin and the distal third of the ventral margin finely serrate. Subgenital plate acute trigonal. General color chromium green, paler ventrad and on the limbs; an- tennae with about seven irregularly disposed dark brown annuli on the distal third; pronotum faintly lined with yellowish on the angles; eyes mottled drab and ecru drab. Measurements. Length of body, Length of pronotum, Caudal width of disk of pronotum, . Length of tegmen, Length of caudal femur Length of ovipositor, (? 9 17 mm. 16.5 mm 4.8 " 5 3 " 3 " 25 " 23.5 " 22 23.5 " 5.8 " 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 In addition to the types a male from I'almerlee (Schaeffer) has ■also been examined. 30, 1905 (C. Aretheea sellata n. sp. Type: o" ; Palmerlee, Cochise Co., Arizona, July Schaeffer). [Brooklyn Inst. Ai'ts and Sci.] Allied to A. constricta Bruner, but differing in the strongly sellate ]5ronotum, the shorter and comparatively broader head, the broader tympanal field with its strongly bisinuate margin, the slightly longer cephalic femora and slightly shorter median femora, and also in the form of the cerci which have a very slightly dorsal curve at the tips. Size medium; form very elongate. Head with the mouth cephalad; occiput gently descending to the compressed, slightly elevated and distinctly sulcate fastigium, which, however, is low ventro-cephalad ; facial fastigium trigonal, slightly higher than wide, the borders distinctly marginate; eyes elliptical, quite prominent when viewed dorsad ; antennse elongate, rather heavy in structure for this type of Orthopteron. Pronotum distinctly sellate, the caudal portion (metazona) forming a considerable angle with the prozona, the cephalic margin of which is also slightly elevated when viewed laterad ; when viewed dorsad the cephalic margin is very broadly triangular emarginate, caudal margin semi-oval in outline; prozona much more constricted than the metazona, the prin- cipal sulcus distinct on the lateral lobes; humeral sinus moderately deep, placed well dorsad on the caudo- lateral margins, which are oblique ventrad, the true ventral margin being somewhat sinuate, a moderately distinct arcuate transverse depression extends from one humeral sinus to the other, wholly independent of the depression of the principal sulcus. Tegmina about four-fifths the length of the caudal femora, narrow, costal field roundly expanded proximad, the costal margin evenly arcuate distad, the sutural margin straight, the apex closer to the sutural margin than to the costal and narrowly rounded; tympanum of medium size, the sutiu-al margin strongly bisinuate, the proximal lobe slightly acute- angulate with the apex rounded; lateral margins of the tympanum slightly arcuate; radial vein with three rami all of which reach the sutural margin. Wings exceeding the tegmina. when in repose, by Fig. 13. — Aretheea sellata n. sp. Dor- sal view of prono- tum and tympa- nal area of male. (X 4.) Fig. 14. — Arethoea scllatan.sp. Single male cercus. (X 15.) 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.y, nearly the length of the median femora. Limbs very slender. Ceph- alic femora slightly more than twice the length of the pronotum, the, tibiae distinctly but not greatly exceeding the femora. Median femora about two-thirds the length of the tegmina, the tibise exceeding the femora by about the same distance as in the cephalic limbs. Caudal femora about three times as long as the head and pronotum together, the inflation about limited to the proximal two-fifths; tibise distinctly exceeding the femora in length, all margins spined, the dorsal more strongly so than the ventral. Abdomen subtectate; terminal dorsal segment truncate; cerci tapering, comparatively stout in the proximal half, the apex sharp and rather strongly curved ; subgenital plate pro- duced, the apex narrowed and arcuate-emarginate, supplied laterad with distinct, rather sharp styliform processes of moderate length. General color pale apple green, rather whitish ventrad. Head with the eyes prout's brown; antennae beyond the proximal joint yellowish; narrow postocular stripe Indian purple, flanked ventrad with a green- ish-white line of equal width. Pronotum with the prozona bearing two converging greenish-white lines, between which the disk is punc- tate with purplish, the metazona margined with greenish-white and bordered internally with a purplish line, the white margin very broad on the lateral lobes. Tympanum of the tegmina purplish-brown, the veins yellowish as well as the sinuate margin; sutiu-al margin washed with purplish-brown. Abdomen with an arcuate lateral greenish- white line distinctly margined with purple ventrad, the dorsum of the abdomen uniform punctate with the same color; extreme apex of the cerci blackish. Limbs faintly washed with purplish-red. Measurements. Length of body, 16 mm. Length of pronotum, 4 '' Greatest width of pronotum 3.5 " Length of tegmen, 20.5 " Greatest width of tegmen, 2.8 " Greatest width of tympanum, 2.7 " Length of wnng beyond closed tegmen, 1L8 " Length of cephalic femur, 9.5 " Length of median femur, 12.5 Length of caudal femur, 25 " Length of caudal tibia, 27 " The type is the only specimen of this interesting species examined by the author. The five species of the genus Arethcca which have been examined by 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. QS- tlie author may be separated by the following key," which is based in part on that given by Brimner. 1. — Tegmina and wings distinctly shorter than the body, carita Scudder. 1.1. — Tegmina and wings very much longer than the body. (i-i 2. — Tympanal field of the male tegmen roundly produced. Cephalic and median femora with the dorsal apex dentate. 3. — Radial vein with three or four rami. Size small, gracilipes (Thomas). 3.3. — Radial vein with five or six rami. Size large, jphalangium (Scudder). 2.2. — Tympanal field of the male tegmen angularly produced at the transverse vein. Cephalic and median femora with the dorsal apex obtuse. 3. — Tympanal field of the male tegmen but little expanded, the margin being moderately bisinuate. Pronotum moderately sellate. Cerci with the tips strongly recurved dorsad, constricta Brunner. 3.3. — Tympanal field of the male tegmen moderately ex- panded, the margin being strongly bisinuate. Pro- ' notum strongly sellate. Cerci with a very slight dorsal inclination at the tips, . . . sellata Rehn. Scudderia mexicana (Saussure). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 27, October 8, 16-17, 1905 (Biederman), 2 c?,4 ?. The species has previously been recorded from this region by CaudelL Scudderia furcifera Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca ^Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 d^, 2 ? . September 24, October 3, 8 and 20, 1905 (Biederman), 3 d^, 6 ? - Palmerlee, July 26, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 ? . In the United States, Scudder recorded this species from Prescott, Arizona, and Scudder and Cockerell from the Organ Mountains, New Mexico. Microcentrum laurifolium (Linnaeus). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, October 2, 3 and 8, 1905 (Bie- derman), 3 9 . One of these specimens belongs to the variety b mentioned by Saus- sure and Zehntner. ^- "id. brevicauda (Scudder) is not included as it is unkno'ft'n to the author, and its relationship is probably with carita. The same author's .1. consuetipes has not been seen, and from the description would appear to have a unique position on account of its short legs. 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Miorocentram retinerve (Burmeister). Palmerlee, August (Schaeffer), 1 9 . This species has been recorded from Nogales, Arizona, by Caudell. Conocephalus fuaoostriatus Redtenbacher. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 28 or 29, 1905 (Biederman), 1 d^. This specimen is inseparable from two males of this species from Thomasville, Georgia. This is the first record of the species west of Texas. XipMdion fasoiatum (DeGeer). Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 c5^, 1 9 . Capnobotes fuliginosus (Thomas). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 d^. This specimen is distinctly larger than a male from Jerome, Arizona, fully equalling a female from the latter locality. Eremopedes unioolor Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 5 c?, 8 ? . September 21, 24 and 28, 1905 (Biederman), 2 cT, 4 9 . Doug- las, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 9 . The Carr Canyon series presents a very considerable amount of individual variation in size. The Douglas female is extremely large^ the caudal femora particularly far exceeding the original measure- ments. However, aside from the very slightly narrower ovipositor, no other characters to separate it are apparent, and as the measure- ments of this specimen may be of interest they are given herewith. Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor), 27.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 8.9 " Length of caudal femur, 28. 5 '' Length of ovipositor, 20 " Stenopelmatus oculatus Scudder. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 9 • Huachuca Mountains, July 23, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 (d. While one of these specimens appears to approach californicus in the small size of the apical spine of the internal margin of the caudal femora, yet, in view of the unreliability of spine formulae and proportions in this genus, it appears best to place it where all other characters seem to place it — in Scudder's oculatus. Ceuthophilus paucispinosus Rehn. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 3 c?, 4 9. September 22, 23 and 28, October 8, 1905 (Biederman), 4 d". Palmerlee, August, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 9 . 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPIIIA. 65 The-V(Mv iiitiM-cstins:; scries of this species contained in the collec- tions available for study presents several facts in elaboration of the original description of this species, based on a single female from southern Arizona. One is that considerable size variation is present in l)otii sexes. I)ut more i)articularly in the male. Another is that in the male the ventral ridge of the caudal femora is more elevated and distinctly dentato-serrate (often strongly so), while in several of the specimens of the same sex the proximal fourth of the caudal tibiie are strongly valgate. beyond which they are straight. Measurements are here given of the maximum specimens of both sexes. (^ 9 Length of body, 20 mm. 18.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 5.5 " 5 " Length of cephalic femur, 8.5 " 7.8 " Length of caudal femur, 17 " 15 Length of ovipositor, 11.2 " GRYLLIDJE. Ellipes minuta (Scudder). Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 specimen. Nemobius neomexicanus Scudder. Douglas, August (F. H, Snow), 1 9 . This species has previously been recorded from Florence, Arizona. Gryllus personatus Uhler. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 cJ^, 4 9 . Palmerlee (Schaeffer), 1 9 . San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), Sd',3 9. This series has been compared with a representation from Florence, Flagstaff and Phoenix, Arizona. There is considerable variation in the depth of the fuscous coloration and also in size, the latter being as individual as color variation, the largest male and the smallest females being from the same locality (San Bernardino Ranch). All the speci- mens are of the macropterous type. Gryllus armatus Scudder. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 c?, 1 2. This species has also been examined from Florence and Phoenix, Arizona. Gryllus alogus Rehn. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 9 . When compared with the type, from Albuquerque, New Mexico, 5 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., these individuals are inseparable although both slightly smaller. An additional female from Carr Canyon is placed under this species with a query, agreeing in spine formulae with integer and pennsylvanicus, but in general appearance and form similar to alogiis. The positive deter- mination of species of this genus will probably be impossible until extensive breeding experiments and careful quantitative studies of our "species" have been made. CEcanthus niveus (DeGeer). Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 cJ*, 2 9 . Palmerlee (Schaeffer), 1 9 . OEcanthus nigricornis Walker. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 3 ? . September 30, 1905 (Biederman), 1 ? . Palmerlee (Schaeffer), 2 ? . These specimens are inseparable from a Monte Redondo, Costa Rica, female. Caudell has recorded this species from the Huachucas. (Ecantlius argentinus Saussure. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 3 c?, 2 9. October 16-17, 1905 (Biederman), 1 d". These specimens are assigned to this species with some little doubt, as they agree fairly well with the original description of Saussure, but do not tally so closely with the later one given by the same author.'^ The antennal markings are similar to those originally described, but have no supplementary spot or cloud on the first proximal joint as later stated. In other characters these individuals agree very fully with the 1897 description. The remarks made by CaudelP* regarding Oracle and Hot Springs, Arizona specimens referred to this species are substantiated by the material before me. II. Pima County. The specimens here treated were collected by Prof. F, H. Snow, of the University of Kansas, during the summer of 1906. The localities represented are the Baboquivari ]\Iountains and Tucson. The material from the former locality is of very considerable interest as it has been seldom visited and, as far as the author is aware, this series is the first collection of Orthoptera made in that isolated locality. 23 Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 254. 2* Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 166. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 Two species previousl}' known only from localities south of the United States are here recorded from north of the boundary line, while two are described as new. MANTID^. Stagmomantis graoilipes n. sp. Type: o^ ; Baboquivari Mountains, Pima County, Arizona, I'DOe (F. H. Snow). [Coll. University of Kansas.] Allied to *S. venusta, heterogcwna, montana and androgyna Saussure and Zehntner and limhata Hahn. From venusta, limhata and andro- gyna it can be immediately separated by the slenderer pronotum and limbs, particularly the cephalic femora; from heterogamia it can be separated by the much greater size, narrower supra-coxal expansion of the pronotum and the comparatively longer limbs ; from montana it differs in the smaller size, except the length of the cephalic femora which is about the same in both forms, in the nar- rower costal margin of the tegmina and in the wings being strongly marked and not vitreous. Size medium; form slender. Head broad, the depth but little more than half the width. Prono- tum slender, the greatest wudth contained nearly six times in the length; cephalic margin rounded, the collar with parallel sides, the expansion slight, shaft compressed but slightly expanding caudad, margins of the collar slightly crenulate, shaft dis- tinctly carinate. Tegmina slightly more than twice the length of the pronotum; costal field moderately expanded proximad, not appreciable in the distal third, coriaceous; stigma linear, longitudinal, not sharply marked. Wings not exceeding the tips of the tegmina when in repose. Cephalic limbs quite slender, coxae slightly less than two-thirds the length of the pronotum, distinctly but not strongly spincd on the cephalic margin with two grades of spines, caudal face with the surface rugose owing to the presence of short spiniform tubercles, between which the surface is uneven; cephalic femora very slightly shorter than the pronotal shaft, the principal discoidal spine being situated very near the middle, lateral margins armed with five spines, one of which is small and genicular in position, internal margins armed with fourteen to fifteen spines, one small and genicular and the remainder divided Fig. 15. — Stagmo- mantis gracilipes n. sp. Dorsal view of pronotum of tj-pe. (X 3.) 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., into two alternating series, discoidal spines four in number; cephalic tibiae slightly more than half the length of the femora, external margins armed with eight to ten spines which leave un- armed a considerable proximal area, internal mar- gins with a regularly enlarging series of eleven to twelve spines; cephalic tarsi somewhat longer than the tibiae without apical claw, the metatarsi alone but little shorter than the tibise. Median and caudal limbs very slender, the caudal femora about five-sixths the length of the pronotum. General color ochraceous, the head inclined J- iQ Staqmo- toward ochraceous-rufous, the ventral surface of mantis gracilipes the thorax and abdomen chrome j'ellow, the median liinb' of ^^t\i)e^ ^^'^ caudal femora deepening to blackish brown (X 2.) proximad. Tegmina brownish hyaline, the costal field opac^ue, probably green in life, the costal and discoidal fields separated by a wash of russet which fades rapidly on the discoidal side. Wings with the costal margin marked with russet, the remainder wdth subquadrate patches of seal brown such as are frequently found in the genus. Measurevients. Length of body (approximately-^), 58 mm. Length of pronotum, 19.5 Greatest width of the pronotum, 3.3 " Length of tegmen, 40.5 Width of proximal portion of costal field l.S " Length of cephalic femur, 13.1" Length of cephalic tibia (exclusive of apical claw), 6.2 Length of median femur, 13 Length of cephalic femur, 16.5 The type is the only specimen of this interesting species which has come to the author's attention. Vates paraensis Saussure. Babociuivari IMountains, 1 9 . This specimen has been compared with an undoubted Guadalajara female of this species and is inseparable from it. In size it is slightly larger, but well within the measurements given by Saussure and Zehnt- ner. The species described by the author as V. townsendi can readily be separated from paraensis by the more compressed pronotal shaft, '^ The distal section of the abdomen is missing. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 the more expanded and snblaniellate supra-coxal expansions of the same, the more strongly lobed limbs and abdomen and the distinctly emarginate marginal field of the tegmina. The Arizona specimens of Vatcs recorded by Caudell as T''. townsendi?^ may probably be this species and not townsendi, which has stronger pronotal expansions in the female than we would suppose were possessed by the female of the species figured. The only previous records of this species north of Panama were from Guadalajara, Jalisco, and Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico. ACRIDID^. Telmatettix aztecus (Saussure). Tucson, 1 9 . Baboquivari Mountains, 2 cJ*, 3 9 . These specimens have been compared with Yautepec, Morelos, and Teocelo, Vera Cruz individuals. Clypeotettix schochii (Bolivar). Baboquivari Mountains, 1 9 . This specimen is inseparable from Morelos and Vera Cruz specimens, and constitutes the first record for the species from the United States. Paratettix toltecus (Saussure). Tucson, 3 fo . Specimens from Arizona, New Mexico, Mexico, Nicaragua and Costa Rica have been used for comparison. Achurum acridodes (StM).-^ Baboquivari Mountains, 1 c?. Mermiria neomezicana (Thomas). Baboquivari Mountains, 1 c^. This is the first Arizona record of the species, which ranges south as far as the State of Durango. Cordillacris pima n. sp. Type: 9 ; Baboquivari Mountains, Pima Co., Arizona. 1906. (F. H. Snow). [Coll. Univ. of Kansas.] In many respects this species appears to connect the two types previously known in the genus, i.e., occipitalis and crenulata. From the former type {occipitalis, cinerea and afjinis) it can be separated by the more strongly bowed lateral carinse of the pronotum, narrower tegmina and the distinctly slenderer caudal limbs. From crenulata the new form can readily be distinguished by the larger size, the slenderer and less inflated head, more retreating face, narrower teg- mina and longer limbs. 2" Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XIII, p. 83, PI. Ill, figs. 1, 2. '' For the definition of acridodes see antea, p. 31. .. . _ 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Size medium; form quite elongate. Head broad caudad, regularly narrowed cephalad ; occiput and vertex distinctly ascending above the level of the pronotum, the interspace between the eyes no narrower Fig. 17. — CordiUacris pima n. sp. Lateral view of U^pe. (X 3.) than the fastigium, the latter obtuse-angulate with the margins sharp and bordered immediately caudad by a very narrow depressed space ; angle of the fastigium viewed laterad very slightly acute-angulate, the immediate angle rounded, face very considerably retreating; frontal costa very narrow dorsad, regularly expanding ventrad, the portion dorsad of the ocellus decidedly sulcate, the portion ventrad of the ocellus slightly sulcate, the margins somewhat cariniform; eyes slightly longer than the infraocular sulcus; antennse very considerably longer than the head and pronotum, the proximal portion depressed and subensiform, the extreme apex also being de- pressed. Pronotum short, the cephalic margin of the disk sinuate with a slight median emargina- tion, caudal margin rotund ato-truncate; median carina slightly elevated on the metazona; lateral carinte slightly constricted caudad on the prozona, strongly flaring on the metazona; prozona slightly longer than the metazona; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep. Tegmina distinctly surpassing the apex of the abdomen, narrow, the apex rounded. Cephalic and median limbs slender; caudal femora quite slender, the greatest width contained about five and a half times in the length, caudal tibiae very slightly shorter than the femora, armed on the lateral margin with ten spines. General colors chalk white and mummy brown, the maculations of Fig. 18— CordiUa- cris pima n. sp. Dorsal view of head and prono- tum. (X 3.) 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 the darker color (listril)\itotl in tlic manner usual in this genus. Head with a distinct median bar of brown extending from the fastigium to the caudal section of the occiput where it is broken up, a narrow metiian line in this maculation and lateral margins of the same are bordered with buff; postocular bar distinct, gense white, face pale buff; antennre buffy proximad becoming glaucous green, with a faint touch of buff}' on the tips. Pronotum with the dorsum chiefly buffy, the lateral carinse buff, margined ventrad with a narrow line of black and the broad continuation of the postocular bar; the buff area on the disk of the prozona bears mesad an elongate trigonal faintly whitish area, while the lateral portions of the metazonal disk are distinctly velvety black, ventral portion of the lateral lobes white. Tegmina with the white discoidal maculations crudely hemispherical in shape and four in number, costal area also white, region of the anal vein buffy. Cephalic and median limbs whitish finely punctate with brown; caudal femora with the dorsal section of the lateral face purplish brown, the dorsal face with a small median and an elongate pregenicular blotch of the same color; caudal tibise lavender, very pale proximad, the spines pale buff tipped with black. Measurements. Length of body, 19.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 3 " Length of tegraen, 15.2 " Length of caudal femur, 13.5 " The type is the only specimen seen. Scyllina calida (Bruner). Baboquivari Mountains, 1 $ . This is the second record for the species from the LTnited States. Psoloessa maculipennis Scudder. Baboquivari Mountains, 4 ? . One of these specimens is suffused with blackish dorsad, while another, which otherwise is of the normal type of coloration, has the femoral markings very small. Psoloessa texana Scudder. Baboquivari ^Mountains, 2 6^, 2 ?. One of the male specimens of this species has a prominent longi- tudinal dorsal line of ochraceous flanked laterad by purplish brown, the latter color continuous from the vertex to the tegmina, which it almost entirelv suffuses. 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Psoloessa buddiana Bruner. Baboquivari IMoimtains, 2 ? . Ageneotettix australis Bruner. Baboquivari Mountains, 4 d^, 1 ? . This species is now known from Maricopa, Cochise and Pima Counties. Aulocara rufum Scudder. Baboquivari Mountains, 1 cJ*. This is the second record of the species from Arizona; the nearest points from which the species has previously been recorded being San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise Co., Arizona, and La Cueva, Organ Moun- tains, New Mexico. Arphia aberrans Bruner. Baboquivari Mountains, 1 ? , This species is only known from the Mexican border of Arizona, i.e., Nogales and the Huachuca Mountains. Enooptolophus tezensis Bruner. Tucson, 1 d', 2 ? . Laotista oslari Caudell. Tucson, 1 9 . The previously known localities for this species are Nogales „Arizona, and Albuquerque, New Mexico. Tomonotus ferruginosus Bruner. Baboquivari Mountains, 2 cJ*, 1 9 . One of the male individuals possesses a very peculiar coloration. Tomonotus aztecus (Saussure). Baboquivari Mountains, 1 ? . This individual agrees with a specimen mentioned by the author on a preceding page^^ in having the frontal costa hardly constricted ventrad of the ocellus. Derotmema delicatulum Scudder. Baboquivari Mountains, 1 d^, 1 9 . The previous Arizona records of this species are from between Gila Bend and Yuma and Florence. Mestobregma rubripenne (Bruner). Baboquivari Mountains, 1 d^, 1 9 . The shorter and more robust caudal femora of this species immedi- ately separates it from M. plattei, its nearest ally. '' P. 38. r.H)7.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 Conozoa oarinata Kelm. Babo(.}uivari .Mountains, 2 d^, 1 ?. These specimens fully agree with the typical series from the Hua- cliuca Mountains, Cochise Co., Arizona. Trimerotropis fasoicula McNeill. Baboquivari Mountains, 1 cJ^. In coloration this specimen is slightly paler than Huachuca Moun- tains representatives, with the internal and ventral faces of the caudal femora suffused with the same red color as the tibiae, while the dorsum of the abdomen has a wash of the same color. The general size is slightly larger than Huachuca specimens and the proportionate length of the tegmina is about the same, much longer proportionately than in the type individuals. Heliastus aridas (Bruner). Tucson, 1 9 . Heliastus benjamini Caudell. Baboquivari Mountains, 1 d^, 1 ? . The previous localities for this species are Nogales and the Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. The male is more ferruginous than any other specimen examined by the author. Schistooeroa vaga (Scudder). Tucson, 1 d'. This individual is small and rather paler than the majority of sjDeci- mens of this species. The amount of color variation presented by individuals of this form is very considerable, the extremes having quite different appearances but being connected in any series by members of intermediate specimens. Conalcaea huachucana Rehn. Baboquivari Mountains, 1 9 . This specimen is inseparable from the female type, and is the first record of the species beyond the limits of the Huachuca Mountains. Hesperotettix festivus Scudder. Tucson, 1 9 . This individual has the pregenicular annuli very distinct, but shows no traces of the blackish pencilling of the pronotal sulci seen in H. viridis. Melanoplus brownii Caudell. Baboquivari Mountains, 1 9 . This specimen appears to belong to this species which was described from near Yuma, Arizona. Coloration counts for very little in M. 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.^^ flavidus and its allies, and little stress should be laid on its determina- tive value. In measurements this individual differs from the original only in that the caudal femora are one millimeter shorter than the minimum there given. TETTIGONID^. Arethaea constricta Bruner. Tucson, 1 ? , This sjiecimen is inseparable from Texas females of this species, and constitutes the first record from west of the Organ Mountains, southern New Mexico. Scudderia mexicana (Saussure). Baboquivari ^lountains, 1 d^. Eremopedes unicolor Scudder. Baboquivari Mountains, 1 cJ*. Huachuca Mountains specimens are usually smaller than this in- dividual, which is very pale and buffy-brown in color. Ateloplus notatus Scudder. Tucson, 1 9 . Baboquivari Mountains, 1 immature 9 . These representatives have been compared with a female from Florence, Arizona, and show no differences except a more blackish coloration. Gryllus armatus Scudder. Tucson, 19. Miogryllus lineatus (Scudder). Tucson, 1 9 . This record is of very considerable interest, as no mature specimens of this species have been recorded since the types were collected along the Colorado River between Mohave City and the Virgin River. (Eoanthus californicus Saussure? Baboquivari Mountains, 2 9 . These specimens are assigned here with some little doubt, as they have distinct blackish lines on the two proximal antennal joints. However, in the shape of the femora, the color of the head and the antennae, aside from the markings, they agree with males of this species, while the pronotum has the sulci disposed in a similar fashion and differs only in the lack of caudal expansion, a character which appears to be sexual in this genus, due to the greater expanse of the male tegmina. Some little affinity is shown with the recently described CE. rehnii Baker, but the specimens are clearly distinct from that 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA. 75 species, while the heavier caudal femora immediately separate it from argentinus. III. Phcenix, Maricopa County. The specimens considered in this portion of the paper were collected by Dr. R. E. Kunz^, and are now in the Hebard Collection. A few specimens from Prescott have also been included, but where no locality is mentioned Phoenix is understood. A striking new species of Ceuthophilus is here described. BLATTID..5]. Blatta orientalis Linnaeus. Prescott, July 14, 1904. 1 d", 1 9 . Homoeogamia erratioa Kehn. September 17 and October 9, 1903; September 14, October 2, 5 and 7, 1904. 7 &. These specimens represent the pale typical and the slightly infuscate form. Homoeogamia apacha Saussure. April 9, 1902; June 7 and 9, 1904. 3 c?. Prescott, July 14 and 18, 1904. 3d'. The Phoenix specimens represent the typical form of the species, while the three Prescott individuals are of the very strongly infuscate form called infuscata by CaudelP^ on the basis of a Phcenix specimen. The interspaces between the eyes and between the ocelli in these speci- mens and in those of erratica agree in relative proportions with the material previously studied by the author.^" MANTID^. Litaneutria minor (Scudder). June 16, August 21, September 11, 17 and 24, October 1, 2, 11 and 24, December 1, 1904. 5 d", 5 ? . Stagmomantis limbata (Hahn). September 10, 1901 ; August 21 and September 29, 1904. 2 d', 1 ? . One of these males is much smaller than the other. The female is referred here with a little uncertainty, as it is similar to the one from San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise Co., Arizona, mentioned in this paper.^^ The costal field of the tegmina is no wider than in that » Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 463. '« Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, pp. 181, 187-189; ^n<. News, 1903, p. 327. | " Antea, p. 28. 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., specimen,, the form is smaller than in the average of Imibata, while the pronotum is distinctly though slightly constricted cephalad of the supra-coxal expansion. The wings are purplish black caudad while the tegmina are green. The left cephalic femur, tibia and tarsus of this specimen have been regenerated ; the femur being slightly smaller than the right but otherwise normal, the tibia is a short rounded joint not a third the femoral length with the margins unarmed, while the tarsus is quite short. PHASMID^. Diapheromera arizonenais Caudell. September 7, 8 and 15, October 17 and 20, 1904, 21 9 . As the female of this species has not been well described, some notes may prove of service. Wlien compared with a female of D. femorata from Philadelphia, arizonensis is seen to be somewhat more robust, the head is distinctly broader and the eye larger, while the proximal joint of the antennse is narrower. The median segment is slightly more transveres than in femorata, and the cerci are much shorter and blunter, while the three distal abdominal segments are distinctly shorter and the subgenital opercule is provided with a distinct apical finger-like lobe. Limbs slightly longer than in femorata with the femoral spines distinct. When compared with the closely allied JMexican D. calcarata, the female of arizonensis is seen to be somewhat slenderer, but with a broader head. The structure of the abdominal appendages and the terminal segments is the same as in calcarata, but the. limbs of the latter species are distinctly more robust. AORIDID^. Orphulella graminea Bruner. September 30, October 4-5. 14 c?, 14 9 . These specimens agree with four paratypic specimens, two of each sex, received from Prof. Bruner. In size the majority of the female individuals are somewhat larger than the paratypic specimens, but no larger than the original measurements. In color some are distinctly mummy brown, others vinaceous-cinnamon and russet. The dis- coidal area of the tegmina is quite distinctly marked with quadrate blotches in about half of the specimens. Encoptolophus texensis Bruner. September 24. 1 ?. This specimen has the head, pronotum, pleura and dorsal aspects of the caudal femora suffused with pale green. 1907.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 Conozoa behrensi Saussure. September IS. 19. Trimerotropis vinculata Scuddcr. October 17. 6 6", 12$. Anconia Integra Scudder. September 24, October 11-18. 10 9 . This series presents all color variations, from the nearly uniform green type to a strongly maculate form with the pronotal markings very decided. Sohistocerca vaga (Scudder). October 10-16. 4 (5^,5 ?. These specimens vary considerably in coloration, several females having the dorsum of the pronotum almost unicolorous, while the variation in the intensity of tegminal maculations is very considerable. Schistocerca shoshone (Thomas). September 25 to December 15. 5 c?, 9 ? . Considerable variation is exhibited by this series in the coloration of the caudal tibiae, shades ranging from pale purplish pink to decided purplish red being present on those parts. Hesperotettix festivus Scudder. October 31, November 1-28, 1903. 4 d", 6 ? . Melanoplus herbaceus Bruner. November 24 and 26, 1903. 12 c?, 8 9 . These specimens are practically intermediate between true herbaceus and flavescens Scudder, which cannot be considered as other than a western race of herbaceus. In color and genital characters this series is truly intermediate, and in the author's opinion we must use the trinomial M. herbaceus flavescens for Scudder's form. Melanoplus piotus Scudder. November 18-28, 1903; October 10, 1904. 10 c?, 10 9 . This series is clearly referable to this species which was described from Bradshaw Mountain, Yavapai-Maricopa Cos., Arizona. When compared with the original description, the only difference which ap- pears is that the caudal tibiae are "purplish fuscous" or near it in but one specimen, the others ranging from pale glaucous to rather bright blue. There is a certain amount of variation in the actual presence or the intensity of the yellowish line along the lateral angles of the prozona, and in structure there is an appreciable variation in the width of the interspace between the mesosternal lobes, the latter being subcontiguous in one male individual. 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Melanoplus atlanis (Riley). November 18-24, 1903. 7 d", 3 9. These specimens are quite large when compared with Eastern speci- mens, a fact which is true of Florence, Arizona, individuals. Melanoplus differentialis (Thomas). September 4, October 16, 1904. 5 6^,1 9. TETTIGONID^. Hormilia elegans Scudder. September 5-7, 1904. 2 d" , 6 ? . Three of the females present the type of coloration which has the dark areas of the tegmina large and deep in color, surrounding and isolating the light greenish portions. In this type the pronotum is richer in color, owing to the more definite whitish margins contrasted with the broad dark area which is placed on the caudal section of the pronotal disk, and also in the patch on the lateral lobes being larger and more conspicuous. One specimen is extremely pale, the dark markings being weak or mere suggestions of color. Microcentrum laurifolium (Linnseus). November 24 and 26, December 1, 1903. 1 d", 4 ? . Stenopelmatus oculatus Scudder. Prescott, Arizona, July 14, 1904. Fhcenix, September 16, 1903. 2 6". Ceuthophilus lamellipes n. sp. Types: cJ^ and 9 ; Phoenix, Maricopa Co., Arizona, November 18, 1903. (Kunze.) [Hebard Collection.] Allied to C. pacificus, hen- shawi and salebrosus Scudder, but in most every character closer to salebrostis^^ than to the others. From this it differs in the nearly smooth abdomen, the greater size, the different proportions of the caudal tarsal joints (second twice as long as the third), the different charac- ter of the serrations on the lam- ellate ventral carinae of the caudal femora, the longer cau- Fig. 19. — Ceuthophilus lamellipes n. sp. Caudal leg of male. (X 3.) 3^ Canad. Entom., XXXI, p. 120. [Tenino, Thurston Co., Washington.] 1007.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 dal tibiio and the presence of an apical hook on the inner valves of the ovipositor. Size medium; form moderately compressed. Head with the occiput and vertex declivent to the low, broadly trigonal, shallowly sulcate fastigium; eyes trigonal pyriform; distal joint of the palpi arcuate. Pronotum with the cephalic margin slightly emarginate, caudal margin subtruncate; lateral lobes with the ventral margin slightly arcuate. Abdomen smooth; ovipositor very slightly longer than the pronotum, tapering from the base to aJDOut the middle, distad of which it is sub- equal, the apex obliquely truncate, the inner valves each armed with five teeth, of which the two terminal ones are longer than the others and more recurved ; styles of the female about equal to the ovipositor in length. Cephalic femora about a third again as long as the pronotum, moderately robust, the cephalic margin armed with a single pregenicular Fig. 20 . — Ceuthophilvs spine; cephalic tibiae equal to the femora vTeV^^of'^'^ovipo^sitor. in length. Median femora in the male half (X 6.) again as long as the pronotum, in the female slightly less, the cephalic margin armed with three or four spines of which the distal is the longer, caudal genicular lobe spined. Caudal femora in the male moderately long, very considerably inflated, the greatest width contained about two and a half times in the length, dorsal face well supplied with sharp tubercles on the tracings of the scalariform pattern and other irregular lines, ventral carinse elevated, distinctly lamellate, the margins serrato-dentate, separated from the genicular region by a narrow area where the lamellate ridges are roundly excised, immediately proximad of this the ridge develops an acute trigonal process, the ventral margin of which is serrato-dentate con- tinuous with the proximal portions of the carinse; ventral sulcus very broad and moderately deep, the trigonal processes of the margins diverging; caudal tibia) of the male in actual length (following curve) longer than the femora, the proximal fourth forming a quarter circle, the distal three-fourths straight, four pairs of spurs present on the dorsal margins of the shaft, in length these hardly equal the tibial depth, the margins also well supplied with fine teeth, ventral margin somewhat crenulate proximad and with a single spine immediately proximad of the tW'O apical ones, apical spurs long, the median internal one about equalling the dorsal length of the metatarsus; caudal tarsi with the third joint not more than half the length of the second. Caudal femora of female moderately inflated, the greatest width contained about three so PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., times in the length, dorsal surface with a few sharp tubercles, but the number or size not as great as in the male, ventral carinas slightly ele- vated, finely serrate-dentate in the distal half and with an indication of the pregenicular diastema of the male; caudal tibise of female straight, slightly longer than in the male. General color, clay color marked more or less with prout's brown. Antennae cinnamon. Pronotum with a narrow median area and the ventral portions of the lateral lobes of the general color, as well as a large irregularly quadrate or rectangular patch on each side. Mesono- tum and metanotum with an irregular system of broad alternating pale and dark bars, the abdomen bearing the type of markings only more numerous, smaller, and more restricted to the caudal margin of the segments. Cephalic and median limbs sometimes clouded with the darker color; caudal femora with the tubercles and serrations dark, in the female the pattern of musculation being more truly scalariform and not with a broad medio-longitudinal interruption as in the male. Measure7net'its. Length of body, 16.5 mm. 17.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 4.5 " 4.2 " . Length of cephalic femur, 6.2 " 5.5 " Length of median femur 6 " 5.5 " Length of caudal femur, 12.8 " 11.3 " Length of caudal tibia, 13.2^3 « n Length of ovipositor, 4.5 " In addition to the types a paratypic male, taken November 7, has also been examined. GRYLLID^. Gryllus personatus Uhler. September 7-12, November 24, 1903. 5 c? , 18 9 , 1 nymph (XI. 24). This interesting series shows that a considerable amount of variation in size exists in this form. While this feature is very apparent it is not as conspicuous as the variation in color, which latter ranges from a decidedly straw-colored type (the predominating phase) to a blackish brown form with no trace of the usual coloration, except a very narrow pale margin to the ventral portion of the lateral lobes and a few small spots on the vertex and fastigium. In many respects this dark type superficially resembles Mexican specimens of G. assimilis, from which, ^^ In straight line. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 however, it can be separated by the form of the specukiin of the male tegmina. All the adult specimens seen are macropterous. Gryllus armatus Scudder. September 7-12. 1903. 1 d^, 11 9 . But little variation in size is presented by this series, and in colora- tion a slight deepening of the shade of the tegmina and on the caudal femora a replacing of tawny by bistre is all that is noteworthy. The base color of the pronotum shows a tendency toward reddish in several specimens, the head, however, remaining shining black. All the speci- mens are macropterous. Gryllus alogus Uehn. November 18, 1903. 1 ? . (Ecanthus californious Saussure. November 10 and 24, 1903. 2 c?. 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.; THE MORPHOLOGY OF DINOPHILUS CONKLINI n. sp. by james a. xelsox, ph.d. Contents. I. Introduction. II. Material and Technique. 11. Anatomy. 1. External Form and Specific Characters of Dinophilus co)iklini 2. Body Wall. 3. Nervous System. (a) Central Nervous System. (b) Sense Organs. 4. Alimentary Canal. 5. Excretory Organs. 6. Sex Organs. 7. Discussion and Conclusions. 8. Summarv. I. Introduction. The systematic position of Dinophilus has been a subject of con- siderable interest to naturalists ever since the establishment of the genus by Oscar Schmidt in 1848, and the opinions held on this point have been — relatively speaking — many and various. In a former paper on the early development of this form (1904a) I gave a brief review of these; to repeat it here seems superfluous. In the paper just mentioned certain conclusions as to the relationships of Dinophilus were stated, based on a study of its development. In the studies of which the present paper is the result, an attempt has been made to test these conclusions by a study at first hand of the morphology of the same species. This seemed the more desirable, since in the last fifteen years there have appeared but three papers on the structure of members of this group, and those dealt with species different in many respects from the one studied by me. Moreover, the apparent rarity of Dinophilus and its sporadic occurrence was an additional incentive to making the best of the opportunity which presented itself in finding abundant material for the study of its morphology, as well as its development, in the aquaria of the University of Pennsylvania. It gives me pleasure to take this opportunity to express my indebted- ness to Prof. E. G. Conklin, of the University of Pennsylvania, for the privilege of taking Dinophilus material from the acjuaria of the Univer- sity ; to the Carnegie Institution for the use of one of its rooms at Woods 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADKLrill A. 83 Hole during the summer of 1903; ami to Trof. L. B. Walton for extend- ing to me the use of the biological laboratory at Kenyon College. I wish especially to thank Prof. J. H. Comstock for the unfailing kindness he has shown me at Cornell University. I wish also to thank my friends, Dr. J. Percy Moore, of the University of Pennsylvania, and Prof. A. D. ^lacliillivray, of Cornell University, for kindly advice and criticism. II. Material and Technique. All of the material employed in the preparation of this paper was obtained from the sea-water aquaria of the University of Pennsylvania. This material was collected in three lots at three different periods. The first lot was taken during the winter of 1901-2, and its preserva- tion was only incidental to the collection of ova, which formed the basis of a former paper by me (1904) on the early embryology of this form. The individuals taken at this time .-were among the largest obtained. The second lot was taken during the latter part of June and the first few^ days of Juh^ 1903. These individuals averaged possibly one-fourth to one-third smaller than those of the first lot. The third lot was obtained during the winter of 1903-4. The individuals com- prised in this lot are intermediate in size between those of the first two lots, being much larger than those of the second lot, but scarcely equalling those of the first. The methods of fixation employed were but three in number : (1) Kleinenberg's picro-sulphuric for one-half to three-quarters of an hour, followed by a washing in 70 per cent, alcohol. This method of fixation, which has given excellent results for many ova, including those of this form, proved only an indifferent one for the mature in- dividuals, and material fixed in this manner w-as unsuitable for the study of any of the finer structures. It has, however, the advantage of preserving the form and proportions of the object very well, and this material was made use of largely as mounted entire. (2) A saturated aqueous solution of corrosive sublimate, containing 6 per cent, of glacial acetic acid, used boiling hot, and followed by a thorough washing in 70 per cent, alcohol. The material fixed in this manner has proved exceedingly valuable, anil many of my best draw- ings were made from it. The form and relation of the tliffercnt parts are admirably preserved, as well as those of the cells composing them, while in many cases the finer structures, such as cilia, maintain their integrity. After sectioning and staining the individuals collected in the summer of 1903, which wiere fixed by this method, a peculiar 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., {lifferentiation of the nerve fibres became evident. Tlie latter did not absorb the chromatin stain (iron-hsematoxylin), but on the contrary remained clear and of a light straw yellow color, or, in sections where eosin was used as a contrast stain, were pale orange. In either case the nerve fibres are easily distinguished from the surrounding tissues. What happy accident caused this differentiation, which occurs in all the series made from the second lot of individuals, I have not been able to determine. It has, however, been of the highest value to me, since without its assistance it would have been an extremely difficult matter to trace out the various parts of the nervous system. That it is but an accident I feel sure, since a number of individuals of another lot, fixed and stained by the same method, showed the nerve fibres stained dark gray, as is the case where other fixatives were used. (3) Flemming's fluid, from one-half to twenty-four hours. This method gave very irregular results, yielding some of the finest prepara- tions, as well as some of the poorest. Different individuals, even of the same lot, vary much in the quality of the fixation. The best results were obtained with a fixation of half an hour, although the period of fixation seems to be of minor consequence, since good results were also obtained with a fixation period as long as twenty-four hours. The stains employed were: the picro-hcematoxylin of Conklin (1902) for the objects mounted entire, and Haidenhein's iron-hsematoxylin for sections. A contrast stain was used in some cases, a saturated aqueous solution of eosin being employed for this purpose. Experi- ■ence, however, has shown that the use of a plasma stain wdth the iron- lia^matoxylin is, in this form at least, unnecessary, if not actually undesirable. For the purpose of determining the presence of mucin in the hypodermis, Mayer's mucicarmine was employed. The formula is that given by Lee in the fifth edition of The Microtomisf s Vade- Mecum, the material being stained from five to fifteen minutes in a 10 per cent, solution. The sections were for the most part cut five fi in thickness, this being found to be the minimum compatible with perfect series. Many of the DinopJtilus were embedded and oriented separately, but the best horizontal and sagittal series were obtained by embedding a large number in a Lefevre watch glass, and sectioning the mass entire. The living animals were also studied, but, on account of the refrac- tive nature of the protoplasm, proved very imfavorable objects, as far as the internal structure was concerned. Narcotization was success- fully accomplished b}^ the use of chlorotone, the animals soon becoming quiescent, in a relaxed condition, tying on one side, with a shght ventral flexure. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 The small size of the cells of this species of Dinophilus, and the gen- eral lack of distinctness in the boundaries of tissues and organs, made imperative the use of the highest powers. In studying and drawing sections a one-twelfth Zeiss oil immersion was employed almost ex- clusively. This necessitated a brilliant illumination. After the loss of much time from cloudy and dark weather, I had recourse to artificial illumination, as recommended by Child (1900). For this purpose I used a burner of the Welsbach type, mounted about nine inches above the table. Two blue glasses were placed in the cell below the con- denser, one dense and one thin. I heartily concur with Child in the opinion that this means of illumination is sviperior to daylight, at least when high powers are employed. The light, when filtered through the blue glasses, is almost perfectly white, does not tire the eyes, is of constant and unvarying intensity, and, above all, is always available. In making the reconstructions which constitute Plate XII, fig. 1 and text fig. n^, a modification of the method given by Lee {Microtomist's Vade-Mecum, 5th ed., 1900) and ascribed to Woodworth, was employed. The camera lucida was, however, used in place of a micrometer. Such reconstructions proved of the greatest value in determining the rela- tions and connections of parts which run through a number of sections, III. Anatomy. 1. External Fonn and Specific Characters of Dinophilus conklini. The Dinophilus which forms the subject of this paper has been found, after comparison with the descriptions of the other members of this genus, sufficiently different from them to warrant description as a new species. I take great pleasure in bestowing upon it the specific name conklini, in honor of Prof. E. G. Conklin, of the University of Pennsylvania, who was the first to find this form. This species has so far been found only in the aquaria belonging to the University of Pennsylvania. Prof. Conklin, however, informs me that he is of the opinion that it is brought in on the Ulva obtained by dredging at Sea Isle City, New Jersey. A comparison with other species and the enumeration of specific characters are postponed to the end of this section. The females of Dinophilus conklini are very wormlike in their form and general aspect. Text fig. I, although drawn from a fixed and stained preparation, shows little or no distortion, and represents the animal in a state of moderate extension, such as it often naturally 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., assumes in crawling about over the sea- weeds on which it is commonly found. The outlines of the example from which fig. 1, PI. XII, was taken repre- sent the animal in a somewhat greater state of extension, showing especially well the form of the last segment and the caudal appendage. The head is bluntly conical or rounded in front, and narrows posteriorly to a somewhat constricted neck, where it joins the trunk. Its dorsal surface is also rounded, and bears a pair of reddish eyes, reniform in shape, as is usual in this group. On its ventral surface the head is slightly flattened. The trunk is long fusiform, or cigar-shaped, taper- ing toward the posterior end, and di- vided by six constrictions into as many segments.^ The first two segments are very short, scarcelj" equal to the head in diameter and are limited by relatively deep and well-m.arked constrictions. The three succeeding segments are sub- equal, nearly as broad as long, and sep- arated by comparatively slight con- strictions. In the first of the segments last descriljed, namely, the third of the trunk, the latter reaches its greatest diameter. The sixth segment is short and rounded at its posterior end, and bears on its ventro-posterior surface the conical caudal appendage or tail, which in this species is unsegmented. Like other members of the group, D. conkiiiii is encircled by a number of bands or rings of cilia, and also possesses the usual ciliated tracts Fii;-. I.— Female individual of 1). conkiiiii, drawn from a fixed and mounted specimen. Details added from sketches of living animals. (X 142.) 1 In the descriptive portion of this paper the term "segment" will be used to designate a portion of the trunk bounded by constrictions, without reference to the question whether it is a true metamere. The problem of metamerism in Dinophilus is discussed in Section III, 7. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 on the ventral surface. One of the hitter, the preoral tract, clothes the ventral surface of the head, and at its posterior margin passes into the ciliated lining of the mouth. It serves the obvious purpose of creating currents of water which sweep particles of food toward and into the mouth. The second or postoral tract comprises a narrow strip beginning at the posterior Ijordcr of the mouth and continued backward to the end of the caudal appendage. This strip is widest in its anterior portion, having here a width of approximately one-half of the diameter of the ])ody. From this point it narrows posteriorly and is reduced to a third of its original width on reaching the caudal appendage. The ciliated rings number nine; two belonging to the head and seven to the trunk. The two cephalic l^ands are not, however, continuous, each being interrupted on the middorsal surface of the head by a con- siderable gap; both of the two rings are thus divided, with the aid of the ventral ciliated tract, into two lateral halves. The two bands com- posing the first ring arise on the ventral surface, at the lateral edges of the ciliated tract, a short distance posterior to the anterior pole of the head; they then pass upwards and backwards in a gentle curve, and terminate between the eyes (see text fig. I). These bands are narrow, and composed of but few rows of cilia. The two bands representing the second cephalic ring embrace the head at its greatest diameter, and lie in a plane at right angles to the long axis of the animal. These bands are relatively broad and composed of numerous rows of long cilia. As is the case with all the ciliated rings the cilia beat rhythmically backwards, and are only clearly seen in their forward position, that of recoil. In the fh'st preoral or cephalic band of D. vorticoides, as described by Schimkewitsch (1895), there is a similar gap. It is possible that in other species of Dinophihis the cephalic bands are also not continuous dorsally, since the cilia are here not easy to make out, except when the animal is seen in profile, or by the study of sections of fixed and stained material. In the case of this species I was at fii'st misled as to the course of the cephalic bands aRd figured them incorrectly (1904a, text fig. VI). This misapprehension was due to the figiu-es and descriptions of other species, and also to the presence of sensory cilia on the dorsal surface of the head, as described below. The discovery of the presence of a dorsal gap in the second cephalic ring was of particular interest to me, inasmuch as it tends strongly to confirm my conclusions as to the origin of this band and its homologj'- with the prototroch of the trochophore larva, as expressed in 1904. 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., In the embryo of Dinophilus, the "trochoblasts," the cells which pre- sumably form this ring, are last seen as a long band, continuous across the ventral surface, but interrupted dorsally by a wide gap. A similar gap is also present in the prototroch of some annelid larvae, as, for example, in Amphitrite (Mead, 1897), and due to the same cause as in Dinophilus, namely, the large size of 2d (X), "the first somatoblast" of von Wistinghausen (1891), and the rapid growth of its dorsal pro- ducts. This dorsal gap is eventually closed in the case of Amphitrite, but it is in this form much narrower than in Dinophilus; the cells com- posing the prototroch are relatively large, and soon become functional. It appears quite probable, therefore, that the dorsal gap seen in the second cephalic band of the mature Dinophilus is ultimately traceable to the peculiar size-relation and growth processes of the cleavage cells of the ovum of this species. Just behind the second cephalic band is a pair of shallow grooves, which arise high up on the sides of the head and pass ventrad, widening and deepening slightly, to join the mouth at its lateral margins. These grooves are lined with short cilia throughout their extent. These are the " Wimpergruben" observed by Schmidt (1848) in D. vorticoides, by Hallez (1879) in D. metameroides, and by Korschelt (1882) in D. apatris. They are supposed by the authors mentioned to function as sense organs, but their relation to the mouth seems to indicate that they may also act as food-gathering organs, creating currents which sweep the food particles down into the mouth. It may be remarked in passing that the " Wimpergruben" of this species of Dinophilus are strikingly similar to the ciliated grooves of jElosoma tenebrarum, as described by Miss Brace (1901). The seven ciliated bands of the trunk are simple narrow transverse circlets, uninterrupted on the dorsal surface, with the exception of the last. Below they merge wdth the ventral ciliated strip. Each band encircles the middle of its respective segment. The terminal or circum- anal ring is scarcely worthy of the name, since it consists only of two short ciliated bands. These arise at edges of the ventral ciliated area, at the point where the last Segment joins the caudal appendage, and pass upward on the posterior edges of the segment for a short dis- tance (see text fig. I). In common with other species of this group, D. conklini possesses conspicuous sense hairs on the anterior surface of the head. Two of these are of considerable size and symmetrically placed, pointing for- ward and slightly outward, while scattered between and around them are a number of smaller hairs. These are in fact tapering projections 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELPHIA. 89 of naked protoplasm; the large sense hairs, as Korschclt (18S2) has observed, are capable of movement. This movement coasists in a gentle waving to and fro of the tips, especially noticeable when these cilia come into contact with foreign objects, and demonstrating clearly their tactile function. On the dorsal surface of the head, just behind the eyes, is another group of sense hairs, all of which are very small. Like both D. gyrociliatus and apatris, which it closely resembles in other respects, D. conklini is colorless. Although lacking in color, it is relatively opaque; this quality appearing to be due to the refractive qualities of the protoplasm, rather than to anything contained within the body of the animal. Wlien seen by reflected light its shining opaque whiteness makes it a conspicuous object when viewed against the dark background formed by the seaweeds on which it is commonly found. This lack of transparency natm-ally renders more difficult the study of the internal structure of the living animal. The size of this species is subject to great variation. Measurements of the length of adult examples (in alcohol) of the first lot, taken in the winter of 1901-2, vary from 0.57 mm. to 0.91 mm. ; the average of this lot being about 0.73 mm. This variation in length is doubtless in part due to the differing degree of contraction of the examples taken, but it also, to a considerable extent, represents a real variation in size. Fully extended living individuals would yield measurements possibly one-tenth to one-fifth greater, but it is doubtful if any would exceed 1 mm. The examples of the second or summer lot, although less con- tracted by the fixing fluid than those of the first, show a range of 0.309 mm. to 0.60 mm., the average length being only 0.46 mm. From the third lot (winter 1903-4) only a few measurements were taken. The maximum of these was 0.74 mm., w^hile the average was 0.616 mm. From these measurements it seems to follow that summer individuals are much smaller than those taken in cold weather. This may really be the case, but unfortunately these observations are not extensive enough to form the basis of any certain conclusions regarding this matter. All the examples taken were, or appeared to be, sexually mature. Considerable variation in size has also been noted by Kor- schelt (1882) in D. apatris, and by Weldon (1886) in D. gigas. The first mentioned author says, ' ' Seine Lange ist bei geschlechtsreife Thiere ziemlich verschieden. " Weldon states that "The length of the body varied greatly, the smallest specimens found being al^out 0.75 mm., while the largest were nearly two millimeters in length. ' ' Whether all these were sexually mature is not stated. Of the males of this species, only one was observed. This was still •93 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Fiii'.TI. — Male iudividual of D.conklini, drawn from a living specimen. A, dorsal surface ; B, lateral surface. confined in tlie egg capsule, together witli female eml^ryos, ])ut was nevertheless fully formed and swimming about as freely as its limited quarters would allow. In all essential characters it resembles the male of D. apatris Korsch. Its form (text figs. II, A and B) is that of a short cjdinder with rounded ends, slightly constricted at its middle. Al)out the anterior end is a ring of cilia situated in a groove. This ring is continuous below with a strip of cilia clothing the ventral surface. At its poste- rior end was seen the outlines of the conical penis, which is directed downward and backward, as Korschelt (1SS2, 1889) has figured it. Of the interior of the body little else could be discerned ex- cept a number of refractive granules, which were prol^abh' sper- matozoa. As will appear from a glance at the taljle of species given ])elow, D. conklini stands very close to D. apatris Korsch. and D. gyrociliatus 0. Sch. From D. apairis it differs in the proportions of head and trunk, in the presence of dorsal gaps in the preoral ciliated bands, in having but two large sense hairs instead of four, and in the presence of a cicum- anal or terminal band. D. conklini moreover lacks a character which seems to be distinctive of D. apatris, namel}', tliat of having the head joined to the trunk b}" the intermediation of a short piece, which has the appearance of a much shortened segment, without the ring of cilia. The characters distinguishing D. gyrociliatus and D. conklini are much slighter. Indeed the sole external difference distinguishing the two species is the presence of the dorsal gaps in the two preoral bands of cilia in D. conklini. This alone would seem far too slender a basis on which to erect a new species, if it were not that it is accompanied by considerable differences in the internal organs, the nephridia in par- ticular. In the table below an attempt has been made to set forth in brief form the distinguishing characters of the different species composing the group, and the literature directly relating to each. That this table is imperfect is certain, but this is due at least in part to the imper- fectness of many of the descriptions, especially the earlier ones. Later 1907.1 NAxruAL scii:nx'Es of Philadelphia. 91 descriptions and figures, when sucli exist, have been used in the behef that they are more Ukely to be accurate. The literature list is as accurate and complete as lay in the writer's ])ower to make it, l)ut it has been found wellnigh impossible to collect all of the scattered refer- ences to the genus. If either the table of species or the literature list j-jroves helpful to an}' student of the group, or serves to faciliate com- parison of the characters of the various species, it will have fulfilled its purpose. The characterization of the genus has been added for the sake of completeness. Genus DINOPHILUS. Minute wormlike forms, generally displaying an external division into segments, delimited bj' constrictions; each trunk segment, includ- ing the head, bearing one or two bands or circlets of long cilia; in addi- tion to these a ciliated strip clothes the ventral surface. The last seg- ment bears a conical caudal appendage. The anterior surface of the head usually provided with sense hairs. Alimentary canal well developed (except in the degenerate males of certain species), consist- ing of a mouth opening on the ventral surface of the head ; an oesophagus provided on its posterior inner surface, where it joins the mouth, wdth an eversible proboscis; a capacious stomach, and a short intestine ter- minating dorsad to the caudal appendage. Coelom represented by the cavities of the gonads. A primary body cavity of varying extent always present. Nervous system consisting of a simple brain, a pair of circumoesophageal commissures, and, continuous with the latter, tw^o ventral cords, embedded in the hypodermis. In some members of the group, at least, are also present transverse commissures and pairs of ganglia correlated with the segments as indicated on the exterior. Nephridia, when present, of the protonephridial or larval type, and arranged metamericall}^ Table of Species of Dinophilus. — A. — Sexes monomorphic. B. — Gonads paired, extending to the anterior extremity of the trunk. Two bands of cilia borne b}- each trunk segment. C. — ^Trunk segments 6. D, — Caudal appendage 3-segmented vorticoides. DD. — Caudal appendage unsegmented, ... gardineri. CC. — Trunk segments 5, tceniatus. BB. — Gonads Y-shaped; only one Ijand of cilia borne on each trunk segment, gigas. 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., AA. — Sexes dimorphic, the males much reduced and degenerate in structure; corresponding with this condition is a dimorphism of the ova. Ovary unpaired. Only- one band of cilia borne on each trunk segment, with the exception of the last, which may bear two. B. — Trunk segments 6. C. — Body not covered with a coat of cilia between the bands. D. — Circumanal band present. E. — Cephalic bands without dorsal interruptions; anterior pair of nephridia simple, . . . gyrociliaius. EE. — Cephalic bands with dorsal interruptions; anterior pair of nephridia complex, conklini. DD. — Circumanal band wanting, apatris. CC. — Body covered with a coat of cilia between the bands, metameroides. ^ BB. — Trunk segments 5, pygmceus. List of Species of Dinophilus. — 1. Dinophilus vorticoides.' Schmidt, 1848.— Sclmltze, 1849.— Diesing, 1850.— Beneden, 1851.— Quatre- fages, 1851.— Beneden, 1861.— Diesing, 1862.— Graff, 1882.— Weldon, 1886.— Harmer, 1889a.— Schimkewitsch, 1895.— Schultz, 1902. Head equal in width to first trunk segment, bearing two ciliated bands; the first with a dorsal gap (Schimkewitsch), the second uninter- rupted. Ovaries four-lobed. Color, orange. Length, (?). Habitat^ Faroe Islands (Schmidt), Belgian coast (Beneden), White Sea (Mer- eschkowsky, Schimkewitsch). 2. Dinophilus gardineri. Moore, 1899.— Schultz, 1902. Head not wider than first trunk segment, bearing two ciliated bands(?). Body covered with a coat of cilia in addition to the ciliated bands. Caudal appendage short. Color, orange red. Habitat, brackish pools. Woods Hole, Massachusetts, U. S. A. 3. Dinophilus taeniatus. Harmer, 1889, 1889a.— Schimkewitsch, 1895.— Schultz, 1902.— Shearer. 1906. Head slightly narrower than first trunk segment, bearing two uninterrupted ciliated bands. Circumanal band present. Female with ovaries four-lobed, male with a median penis and lateral seminal ' That this species is dimorphic is assumed on the ground that Hallez found no male.s. If this assumption is correct it is probable that the ovary is unpaired. ' Graff (1882), following Diesing (1850), considers this species identical with Vortex capitata Oersted (1843) and Goniocarena capitata Schmarda (1859). Oersted's original description being inaccessible, it seemed advisable to allowr Schmidt's name to stand pro^•isionally. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 vesicles. Color, bright orange. Length, 2.0 mm. Habitat, Plymouth, iMiglanil. 4. Dinophilus gigas. Wt'l.lon, lS8tJ.— Korsclielt, 1SS7.— Harmer, 18S9a.— Schimkewtsch, 1895.— Scliultz, 1902. Head slightly wider than first trunk segment, ])earing one ciliated band. Trunk segments seven. No circumanal band. Long sense hairs in two symmetrical patches on the anterior surface of the head. Color, a brilliant orange. Length, 0.75-2.0 mm. Habitat, Mounts Bay, Penzance, England. 5. Dinophilus gyrooiliatus. Schinitlt. lS.-,7.— DiesinK, 1S62.— Korsclielt, 1882.— Meyer, 1886.— Repia- choff, 1880.- Korsclielt, 1887.— Harmer, 18S9a.— Schimkewitsch, 1895.— Schultz, 1902. Head not wider than first trunk segment, bearing two complete ciliated bands. Caudal appendage unsegmented. Two large sense hairs on the anterior surface of the head symmetrically placed(?). Colorless. Length, (?). Habitat, Naples, Italy. 6. Dinophilus conklini n. sp. Pis. XII, XIII. Head not wider than first trunk segment, bearing two ciliated bands. An imperfect circumanal band present. Caudal appendage unseg- mented. Two symmetrically placed large sense hairs on the anterior surface of the head, in addition to several smaller ones. Colorless. Length, 0.50-1.0 mm. Habitat, aquaria, Philadelphia, Pa., U. S. A.; New Jersey coast, U. S. A.(?). 7. Dinophilus apatris. Korsclielt, 1882.- Repiachoff, 1SS6.— Harmer, 1889a.— Schimkewitsch 1895.— Prowazek, 1900.— Schultz, 1902.— Malsen, 1906. Head wider than any of the trunk segments, bearing two ciliated bands. Head joined to trunk by a short piece having the appearance of an imperfectly developed segment without the ciliated band. Caudal appendage unsegmented. Four very large sense hairs on the anterior surface of the head in two symmetrical pairs. Colorless. Length, 1.2 mm. Habitat, aquaria, Freiburg (Korschelt) and Berlin (Prowazek). Also found at Trieste, Austria (von Malsen). 8. Dinophilus metameroides. Hallez, 1879.- Korschelt, 1882.- Graff, 1882.— Weldon, 1886.— Korschelt 1887.— Harmer, 1889.— vSchimkewitsch, 189.3.— Schultz, 1902. Head bearing two ciliated bands. Trinik segments sharply demar- cated, the first much longer than the others. Caudal appendage 5-6 annulate with long papilliB. Mouth a longitudinal cleft. Color, red. Length, (?). Habitat, Wimereaux, France. 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.^ 9. Dinophilus pygmseus. Verrill, 1S92.— Scliimkewitsch, 1895.— Schultz, 1902. Head equal in width to first trunk segment, bearing two complete ciliated bands. No circumanal band present. Caudal appendage sliort and unsegmented. Male unknown. Color, (?). Length, 0.7 mm. Habitat, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, U. S. A. Unrecognized Species. — Dinophilus sphceroccphalus Schmarda, 1S59. Guayaquil, S. A. Description scanty and inadequate. Dinophilus borealis Diesing, 1862. This species is considered by Diesing to be equivalent to Plagiostomum horealc 0. Schmidt, and Vortex vittata Frey and Leuckart. It is probably a true turbellarian. Dinophilus Jensen, 1878. Dinophilus caudafus Levinson, 1879-80. Levinson, curiously enough, considers this species identical with D. vorticoides 0. Sch., and also with Planaria caudata of Fabricius {Fauna Groenlandica) and Miiller {Zoologica Danica). I was unable to satisfy myself that this was the case, and therefore allowed Sclimidt's name to stand. Dinophilus rostratus Schultz, 1902. This curious form is clearly not a member of the genus Dinophilus, whatever its relationships may be. 2. Body Wall. The body wall consists of the hypodermis and the circular and longi- tudinal muscles. It also contains the longitudinal nerve cords, as well as sensory cells; these are described in the section on the nervous system. The hypodermis is a simple epithelium whose cells rest internally upon a thin basement membrane, and are clothed externally by a cuticle. The body wall, generally speaking, is quite thin relative to the size of the animal, but its thickness differs much in the various parts of the body, and also varies in proportion to its degree of contraction. In the region of the head, more particularly on its ventral side, the hypodermis reaches its greatest thickness, about 15 pt. In the trunk there is a thickened portion along the ventral side,^ roughly coincident with the ciliated area of this region; it is slightly thicker near the middle of its length than at the ends (figs. 6, 7, 8 and 9), In the ^Shearer (1906) has compared this thickened area with the "crawling pad" of the TurbeUaria. It is, however, rather to be compared to the ventral plate of annelid larvte, since it is formed in the same manner and from the same cleavage cells (Schimkewitsch, 1895; Nelson, 1904). 1007. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF IMIILADKLIMII A. 95- posterior part of the last segment, especially on the dorsal side, the hypoderniis is also much thickened. On the dorsum and sides of the trunk, however, the thickness of the body wall is closely related to the external segmentation. At the middle region of each segment the hypoderniis reaches the thickness attained by its ventral portion (5-S /O ; it gradually becomes thinner toward the limits of each segment, its minimum, ca. 3 /«, being reached in the intersegmental regions. These differences in the height of the hypodermal cells find expression on the external surface of the body wall alone, which consequently in longitudinal section presents an undulating outline. In cases where the contraction of the animal has been excessive, the exterior of the body wall may even have the appearance of being deeply indented in the intersegmental regions. Supporting Cells. — The hypodermal cells are differentiated into sup- porting cells, ciliated and non-ciliated, and gland cells. The non- ciliated supporting cells (fig. 14, also figs. 2-8), which make up the greater portion of the hypodermis, are simple epithelial cells, flat in the thinner portion of the body wall, but in the thicker portions becoming cuboidal and even columnar, as in some parts of the head. In the ventral portion of the latter, for example, the hypodermal cells are so closely set together that the bases of some of them seem to have been forced inward, and have the appearance of pyriform processes, each of which contains a nucleus (PI. XIII, fig. 23). The cytoplasm of the non- ciliated cells is clear; high magnification presents an alveolar appear- ance. Throughout the region of the head, next to the hypodermis, is a distinct layer of vacuoles (figs. 2 and 12), similar to that described by Meyer (1901) as occurring in the larva of Lopadorhynchus. A layer of smaller vacuoles is also discernible in the hypodermis of the trunk (fig. 6). The nuclei are spherical or ovoid, provided with an open reticulum of linin, bearing minute chromatin granules and a large and prominent chromatin nucleolus (karyosome). The ciliated cells may, in sections, be at once distinguished by their darker aspect, and are, as described in the preceding section, distributed to form two ventral tracts and nine bands. The latter are, with the exception of the second cephalic band, composed of but one row of cells, their outer surfaces elongated in the direction of the band (fig. 27), and meeting onl}^ at their extreme ends. The second cephalic ring or band is, on the other hand, com- posed of two rows of cells (fig. 28, c.r. 2), similar to those of the other bands. This difference has also been noted by Schimkewitsch (1895) in the White Sea Dinophilus {D. vorticoides) . The cells composing the cephalic bands are wedge-shaped, in conformity with the general 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., thickness of the hypodermis of this region; the point of the wedge being directed inwards (figs. 19 and 20). The nuclei of these cells are situated near their inner ends, and often compressed laterally. The ventral ciliated areas of the trunk and head are essentially similar in structure. That of the trunk contains both ciliated and non-ciliated cells in the proportion of about two to one (fig. 28). The outer surfaces of these cells are irregularly polyhedral and not elongated in the direction of the long axis of the body, as Schimkewitsch (1895) has described them in D. vorticoides. The cells composing the ventral ciliated strip are cubical or columnar near the midline, but toward the outer margin of the strip the cell walls slant inwards, so that the cells here have the form of pyi^amids or truncated cones, as illustrated in fig. 14. The nuclei of the cilia-bearing cells resemble those of the non-ciliated supporting cells. The cytoplasm of the ciliated cells is also finely alveolar. Embedded in the cytoplasm, at a short distance from the cuticle, are the end knobs of the cilia. These are oval in form, separ- ated from one another by a distance of about 1 /.i. From the outer ends of these arise the cilia, w^hich pass to the distal surface of the cell and, piercing the cuticle, reach the exterior. The inner ends of the knobs are attached to the intracellular fibrillse usually present in cilia- bearing cells ; these have the appearance, in the best preserved material, fixed in Flemming's fluid, of true fibrils, homogeneous in structure. These fibrillse are exceedingly conspicuous in material fixed in sublimate, appearing in such preparations as tapering rods (figs, 6, 7, and 9). They pass inward to the base of the cell, and do not always converge toward the nucleus. In some cases two or more fibrillas may be seen to join together, and finally to terminate on the basement membrane at a considerable distance from the nucleus, as seen in the middle cell in fig. 14. To these fibrillse, which are alwaj^s more or less intensely stained, the ciliated cells owe largely their darker aspect, as compared with the non-ciliated supporting cells. The hypodermis, as already noted, is everywhere covered externally by a cuticle. The latter is refractive, nearly homogeneous, or with faint striations parallel to its surface. Its thickness ranges from ca. 0.9 n on the ventral surface of the trunk to ca. 1.1 /x on the ventral surface of the head, where the hypodermis also reaches its maximum thickness. Gland Cells. — ^The hypodermis is very rich in unicellular glands, most of which are of large size relative to that of the supporting cells. These glands are of three kinds or types; those of the first two types 907 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADBLPHIA, 97 containino; mucin, staining intensely witli .Mayer's niucicarniinc; the na- ture of the secretion of those of the third type is undetermined. The glands of the first type (fig. 15) are but few in number, and scattered irregularly over the ventral surface of the trunk. In form they are flask- or sac-shaped, with a narrow and constricted mouth. The mucus with which they are filled appears nearly homogeneous, although under a high magnification it presents, in some cases, a finely fibrillar structure. It has, however, never been observed to break up into blocks, as often happens in mucous glands, as, for example, in those of D. vorficoides, as described by Schimkewitsch (1S95). Flattened out against the wall of the gland, and usually a little to one side of its base, is found the shrunken nucleus (n.), together with the dark staining and scanty remnant of the original cytoplasm. None of the glands of this type were seen in the act of discharging their contents. The glands of the second type (fig. 16) are also mucous glands, their contents staining intensely in Dela- field's hsematoxylin, in Conklin's modification of this stain (1902) and picrocarmine, as well as in IMeyer's mucicarmine. They thus become very conspicuous in examples mounted entire, when stained in any of these stains. Examination of individuals thus mounted discloses the interest- ing fact that these glands have, for the most part, a fairly constant and sy the exception of two groups on the Fig. III. — Diagrams illustrating the distribution of the hj-podermal mucous ghmds (second type), from camera drawings of fixed specimens. A, head, seen from dorsal surface. 1-4, mucous glands; c.gl., cephalic glands; c.gl.d., duct of cephalic gland. B, entire animal, seen in side view. mmetrical arrangement, and, with last segment, vary but slightly in 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., number. Their usual arrangement is that illustrated in text fig. Ill, A and B. As may l^e seen on examination of this figure, the head bears seven of these glands, one median un- paired gland near the anterior pole of the head (1), and three pairs symmetrically grouped on its anterior surface (2, 3, and 4). On the trunk their distribution is metameric as well as symmetrical, a row of these glands encircling each of the trunk segments — except the first and last — near its middle, just anterior to the ciliated bands. The second segment commonly possesses five pairs of glands, the third but three pairs, while the fourth and fifth segments have four pairs each. On the sixth segment the glands of this type are divided into two small groups, one occupying a crescentic area just above the anus, on the postero-dorsal portion of the segment (fig. 18); the other group lies on the ventral surface of the caudal appendage. All the glands of this, as well as those of the succeeding type, although imicellular, greatly exceed in size any of the hypodermal supporting cells; the gland, for example, represented in fig. 16 being 21 /i in length. Owing to this circumstance only those glands which lie in the thicker portions of the body wall, namely, those of the head and posterior portion of the sixth segment, are permitted to assume a position per- pendicular to the body wall. The others, which are situated in the thinner portions of the latter, are compelled to lie in a plane parallel to the surface of the body, their ducts being bent sharply near their termination in order to reach the exterior. The individual glands are long pyriform in shape, generally some- what bent, and often strikingly similar in outline to an old-fashioned powder horn. At the base a crescentic theca of alveolar protoplasm is present in every case, staining deeply in iron-hsematoxylin. Within the protoplasm is contained a clear oval or crescentic nucleus (n.) enclosing a large karyosome. The mucin which fills the gland is always split up into distinct fibrils, longitudinally arranged, thus giving the glands of this type a characteristic striated appearance. Filling the mouth of the gland is a deeply stained plug of protoplasm. None of the preparations studied showed a gland of this type in the act of discharging its excretion. The glands of the third type (figs. 17 and 18, gl. 3) are much more numerous than those of either of the preceding types. Their precise manner of distribution, however, could not be determined with as much certainty as that of the preceding type, owing to the fact that they are not distinguishable on individuals mounted entire, but only in sections. A study of the latter shows that on the head the glands 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 are scattered rather irregularly over its dorsal and lateral surfaces. On the trunk these glands accompany those of the preceding type, and are confined principally to the areas occupied by the latter. Thus on each trunk .segment, with the e.xception of the sixth, they also occupy a narrow area just anterior to each ciliated l^and. Each of the trunk segments, from the second to the fifth, inclusive, thus possesses a glandular area which encircles it like a girdle, interrupted, however, by the ventral strij) of cilia. In these areas the glands of the third t}'pe are, together with those of the second, crowded so closeh^ that sections through these regions appear as though honeycombed with glands. In the areas of the sixth segment, previously described as occupied by glands of the second type, those of the last type are also present in such numbers that the hypodermis of these areas is filled with closely crowded glands, as may be seen in fig. IS. At the lateral margins of the ventral ciliated area, on each side, there is also an irregular row of these glands, extending the length of the trunk. The form of the glands of this type is that of a short tube, consider- al)ly bent or contorted, rounded at the base and tapering toward the mouth. The contained secretion is granular, often exhibiting a re- ticular structure, staining dark gray with iron-hsematoxylin, and un- aff"ected b}' mucicarmine. A nucleus (71.) with a large plasmasome is usually to be seen near the fundus; the protoplasm surrounding it, however, is not clearly distinguishable from the secretion. These glands are met with in various stages of activity, some of which are illustrated in fig. 18. In contrast to those of the preceding type, discharging glands are frequently met with, as may be seen in the figure just mentioned. Those whose contents have been expelled, as in the example represented in fig. 17, exhibit in the portion devoid of secretion a black-staining residue which lines the walls and extends across from side to side as a coarse network. Schmidt (1848) and Hallez (1879) describe rodlike bodies (battonets) as occurring in the cytoplasm of Dinophilus. Nothing corresponding to them exists in D. conklini unless it be the large mucous glands of the second type, which are somewhat rodlike in form. Korschelt (1882) found in D. apatris large glands on the ventral side and also on the dorsum of the last segment; to these he ascribed the function of secret- ing an adhesive fluid, and applied the name " Klcbsdriisen. " A group of pyroform glands similar in function, but of greater length, were also found by him on the caudal appendage; to these he gave the name ' ' Spinndriisen, ' ' in allusion to the long threads of a mucus-like sub- stance thrown out by them. Repiachoff (1886) studied the hypoder- 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., mal glands of D. gyrociliatus, and found that glands similar to the Klebsdriisen occur not only on the caudal appendage, but on the head and on the anterior part of the trunk as well, where they form ringlike groups corresponding to certain shining belts. Moreover, each of these glandular rings was placed before a corresponding ring of cilia. In the White Sea Dinophilus Schimkewitsch (1895) found a similar condition. These metamerically arranged glands Repiachoff considered to be true mucous glands, while the Klebsdriisen were of a different nature. The results of these authors are difficult to reconcile with one another, in the light of my own observations, since, as has been shown, the true mucous glands are comparatively inactive, and would therefore be unlikely to function as adhesive glands. On the other hand, the non-mucous glands — those of the third type — are function- ally very active and constantly emitting their secretion, and these might very well correspond to the Spinndriisen, and possibly also to the Klebsdriisen of Korschelt. A final decision, if it is possible to arrive at one, must however rest on direct observation of the living animal, and therefore be for the present postponed. Muscles. — The body wall is provided with only two sets of muscles ; one of these is composed of longitudinal muscle fibres which extend throughout the whole length of the trunk, the other comprises a few muscles traversing the head. A careful search with a one-twelfth oil immersion lens failed to yield any convincing evidence of the presence of a layer of circular or oblique muscles, although in one or two cases isolated circular muscles were found. One of these is shown in fig. 8, on the right side of the figure. The negative evidence in the case seems fairly conclusive, inasmuch as the longitudinal muscles, as well as other muscle fibres, stain intensely in the stain employed, iron hsematoxylin. Other muscle fibres should therefore, if present, be also plainly discernible. In this connection it is to be noted that Protodrilus Hatschek (ISSO) also lacks the layer of circular muscles. The longitudinal muscles are distributed in three pairs: (1) a medio-ventral pair lying in the mid-ventral line (fig. 6, v.l.m. 1); (2) a ventro-lateral pair (v.l.m. 2), the two members of which lie at an angle of about 45° from one another, as seen in transverse sections of the trunk, and (3), corresponding with the latter, in the dorsal half of the body, a dorso-lateral pair (d.Lm.). Each muscle is composed of a mnnber of long spindle-shaped fibres, arranged in a single layer in close contact with the hypodermis. Of these fibres the medio-ventral pair of muscles has the fewest, not more than two or three being seen on each side, in transverse sections; while the ventro-lateral and dorso- 19;j7.] natural sciences of Philadelphia. 101 lateral may shdw a dozen fibres apiece in the anterior region of the pharanx; the number decreases caudad of this point to six or seven fibres in the middle region of the trunk. Each fibre measures some- what less than 1 a in diameter in its thickest part. It was not possible to determine the precise length of the fibres, but it is probably aljout one-third or one-fourth of the length of the entire animal. Scattered along the muscles, apparently at irregular intervals, arc small spherical nuclei (see fig. 4, v.l.m. 2), each containing a conspicuous karyosome and surrounded by a small and somewhat irregular mass of cytoplasm, the whole having much the appearance of a small mesenchyme cell. The cytoplasmic masses are. in transverse sections, seen to surround one or more muscle fibres. This relation is also shown in fig. 13, which shows a portion of one of the muscles of the head. The nuclei together with the smTOunding cytoplasm, on account of their intimate con- nection with the muscle fibres, are evidently the undifferentiated por- tions of the muscle cells. The posterior attachment of all of the longitudinal muscles is the same. As these muscles, passing caudad, reach the last segment they leave the hypodermis (fig. 8), cross the body cavity and, reaching the wall of the rectum, follow it to its union with the hypodermis. At this point the muscles are attached to the body wall l)y means of fine fil)rillae, formed by a brushlike subdivision of the muscle fibres. The anterior attachments of the three pairs of muscles are quite different. From the anterior part of the last segment the two muscles of the medio- ventral pair run close together in the ventral midline to the posterior border of the first trunk segment, where they diverge (compare figs. 5 and 6, v.l.m. 1) and, traversing this segment, are attached by a brush of fibrillse to the posterior wall of the oesophagus, at the point where the latter joins the ventral hypodermis, that is, to the inner surface of the outer lip. The ventro-lateral muscles, on the other hand, pre- serve the same relative distance from one another throughout the trunk. On reaching the anterior edge of the mouth each of these muscles gives off one or two fibres which pass directly forward and pierce the lateral lobes of the brain, where they divide into minute branches. These penetrate between the hypodermal cells and are attached to the cuticle l^y conical enlargements of the terminal branches. This manner of attachment to the cuticle, common to all of the muscles terminating in the head, is well illustrated in fig. 23, l.m.i. The remainder of the muscle fibres rapidly converge cephalad of the mouth, and meet at the posterior surface of the brain in the midline. Here they break up into their component fibres. Some of these run directly 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., cephalad to the hypodermis, piercing the brain on their way, mean- while dividing into minute branches which pass between the hypoder- mal cells and attach themselves to the cuticle as described above. By far the greater number of the fibres, however, cross in the midline, forming a sort of chiasma, the fibres of one side passing over to the opposite side, where they pierce the lateral lobe of the brain on that side and, breaking up into fibrillse, are attached to the cuticle of the antero-lateral aspect of the head, near the cells belonging to the first preoral ciliated ring (fig. 19, v.l.m. 2). The dorsal longitudinal muscles, on reaching the level of the mouth, bend downward and run directly forward, to penetrate the lateral portion of the brain of the same side. Here they meet the fibres of the ventro-lateral muscle of the opposite side, and accompany them to their attachment. The muscles traversing the head cavity are four in number. The first of these is composed of but a few fibres, which pass in a dorso- ventral direction through the head cavity, just behin^d the brain (fig. 23, d.v.m.). The second traverses this space from side to side, while the third and fourth form a pair which cross it obliquely. All of these exhibit the usual brushlike subdivision of the ends of their fibres, and the attachment to the cuticle already described. Muscles of the simple type described above have been found in all the species of Dinophilus whose finer anatomy has been carefully studied. Korschelt (1882) first found them in D. apatris, where they form two layers, one of circular and one of longitudinal muscles, the latter having the greater development. The muscles of D. gigas (Weldon, 1886) comprise delicate transverse muscles on the ventral side, and a bundle of fibres on each side of the trunk, running through its whole length, just above the lateral nerve cords. Weldon believed that the fibres of the circular muscles were continuous with processes of certain of the hypodermal cells. Harmer (lS89a) mentions, in his paper on D. tceniatus, longitudinal muscles which are similar to those of D. gigas. Schimkewitsch (1895) studied the muscles of living examples of the White Sea Dinophilus {D. vorticoides) with the aid of methylin blue. Three layers of muscles were found in con- tact with the body wall: an outer circular layer, whose fibres have a regular metameric arrangement; a layer of oblic|ue fibres, and a layer of longitudinal fibres, part of which are gathered together to form a pair of ventral longitudinal muscles. The latter run through the entire length of the trunk ; at its anterior end some of them are attached to the body wall on the fold which separates the head from the trunk, while others pass into the head, cross, and penetrate the brain, as described for D. conklini. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 3. Nervous System. (a) Central Nervous System. — The central nervous system com- prises a brain, a pair of circumocsophagcal commissures, and, con- tinuous with the latter, a pair of longitudinal nerve trunks, provided with ganglia and transverse commissures. The brain (figs. 1. 2, 19. 20 and 23), which is situated in the anterior portion of the head, is made uj) of two distinct portions, an internal portion composed of interwoven nerve fibres, the neuropil (np.), and an external portion formed of several layers of ganglion cells (gr.c), the outermost of which are in direct contact with the hypodermis. The neuropil, which in sections may always be readily distinguished by its yellowish tinge, as well as by its histological structure, has the general shape of a plano-convex lens, with the convex surface directed forward. It is, as may be seen in either horizontal or transverse sec- tions, divided into three subequal lobes; one dorsal and median, and two lateral. The latter probably correspond to the "lobioptici" of iSchimkewitsch (1895). Near its centre it is, in addition, pierced by a cleftlike aperture (fig. 2), Both the lateral incisions and the median aperture are traversed by the anterior portions of the longitudinal muscle fibres {l.jn.f.) described in the preceding section. The general course of the nerve fibres which make up the neuropil is not immedi- ately apparent ; the first impression received is that of a closely matted and tangled mass. A careful inspection, however, shows that the fibres composing the three lobes for the most part run parallel to their surfaces, while those of the lower half of the fibrous mass, below the median aperture, run from side to side. The latter constitute the transverse commissure of the brain (figs. 2 and 20, br.com.). The neuropil mass is covered on its anterior, dorsal and lateral sur- faces by several layers of ganglion cells ; its posterior surface is bounded by the cavity of the head, while its lower portion is separated from the ventral hypodermis by a narrow cleft (fig. 2). The ganglion cells are imperfectly divided into four groups, giving to the brain as a whole a lobed outline (figs. 1, 2, 19, 20 and 23). Three of these groups correspond to the median and lateral lobes of the neuropil, and are due to the same circumstance, namely, the arrangement of the anterior portions of the longitudinal muscle fibres. The fourth group covers the anterior surface of the brain, and is somewhat irregular in outline (figs. 19 and 23). Of these four groups the dorso-median is note- worthy in that it is situated comparatively remote from the rest of the brain, and is connected with the neuropil by a distinct bridge of nerv- ous fibres (fig. 23, ??../.). In fig. 23 a fifth group of ganglion cells is 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., also to be seen just below the brain, on its ventral side, and extending out toward the hypodermis. The presence of this group is, however, apparently unusual, since it could not be found in other examples. The ganglion cells of the brain are all very similar in size and form, and have the appearance of being multipolar, axons and dendrites not being distinguishable in most cases. Some of the ganglion cells are, however, demonstrably bipolar, as, for example, the sensory neurons of the tactile cilia. It is probable that all the ganglion cells are of this type, nameh', bipolar. The branching processes (dendrites) form a loose meshwork; some extending peripherally between the hypodermal cells; some — probably axons — extend centrally to enter the neuropil mass. In figs. 19 and 20 many of the ganglion cells appear as if seated on tiny papillse of the neuropil. These papilla-like projections are, of course, only the central processes of the ganglion cells themselves which enter the neuropil and there divide into fil3rillae. The cytoplasm of the ganglion cells, in contrast to that of the neigh- boring supporting cells of the hypodermis, stains rather deeply in iron- hsematoxylin. On examination under a high power it presents a granular appearance (fig. 12). The nuclei of the ganglion cells are elliptical in outline and are very constant in size in the same individual, measuring from 1.42 x 2.25 [j. in small individuals to 2.25 x 3.06 /.( in the largest. They are rich in chromatin, which is divided into several large subequal granules, none of which exceeds the others sufficiently to be considered a karj'-osome, as in the nuclei of the other tissue cells. This peculiarity of the nucleus of the ganglion cells renders them, in this form, easily distinguishable wherever they occur. The same distinction, curiously enough, occurs in HistriobdcUa (Histriodrilus), as may be readily gathered from Foettinger's (1S84) figures, although the author does not allude to it in the text. Embedded in the posterior portion of the neuropil are cells having a cell-body indistinct in outline, and a large vesicular nucleus with a conspicuous karyosome. These cells are similar in form and size to those of the mesenchyme, which form with their branches a delicate network traversing the head cavity (figs. 19, 20 and 23), and are doubtless to be classed with them. The circumo^sophageal commissures spring from the ventro-lateral portions of the neuropil, below its lateral loljes, uniting at this point with the lateral portions of the transverse commissures, with whose fibres they are continuous (figs. 1, 20 and 23, c.com.). Each is at this point nearlj' round in section and lies in contact with the ventral hypo- dermis. Scattered over its surface are a small number of gandion 1007.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF I'lll LA DKLl'lI I A. 105 cells. As the two coininissures reach the anterior border of the inoutli they are reunited In- a ))undle of nerve fibres, the preoral transverse connnissure (figs. 1 and 20, pr.com.). This is of uniform diameter throughout, and about one-thirtl of that of the circumoesophageal commissures at this point. It lies partially embedded in the anterior wall of the oesophagus, just above the point where the latter meets the h}'p()tlermis of the ventral portion of the head, as is shown in fig. 23. Accompanying it, on its inner side, next to the oesophageal wall, are a few muscle fibres which terminate on either side in the body wall. In the series from which fig. 1 was taken, a series remarkably favorable for the study of the nervous system, clear evidences were found of nerve fibres which were given off to the inner surfaces of the hypodermal cells from the circumcesophageal commissures, at a point opposite to that of the junction of each with the preoral commissure. These nerve fibres have the appearance of being, to some extent at least, continu- ous with those of the preoral commissures. Moreover, a ganglion cell was found on each side, laterad of the junction of the preoral and circumoesophageal commissures, and having the appearance of belonging to the fibres just mentioned (see fig. 1). Just posterior to its union with the preoral commissure, each cir- cumoesophageal commissure gives off a large branch, the oesophageal nerve (figs. 1 and 3, oes.n.). This nerve at first runs in a dorso-pos- terior direction, following the oesophagus, and meeting in its course the ducts of the salivary glands (s.g.d.). It then accompanies these back- ward, but, before reaching the glands themselves, in the middle of the first trunk segment, it suddenly disappears. It possesses a large calibre throughout its course, and is elliptical or flattened in section, being closely applied to the outside of the oesophageal w^all. Near its point of origin it is surrounded by a few ganglion cells, but these do not follow it but a very short distance (fig. 1). After giving off the oesophageal nerve the commissures pass back- ward around the oesophagus, just below the lateral longitudinal mus- cles, and are now completely embedded in the hypodermis, just outside of the line of junction of the latter with the oesophageal wall (figs. 3 and 4). In section their form has changed from round to long-elliptical ; this alteration being correlated with a decrease in the thickness of the hypodermis. The commissures are now so completely incorporated with the hypodermis that they can only be distinguished by their staining reaction and, to a limited extent, by their histological struc- ture. At the posterior border of the mouth each circumoesophageal commissure, in tlie example from which fig. 1 was made, exhibits an lOG PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., opening or fenestra. Just beyond this point, in the posterior part of the first trunk segment, each commissure gives off a large nerve laterad to the ventro-lateral longitudinal muscle, which it accompanies for an indeterminate distance. It was successfully traced, however, only as far as the middle of the second trunk segment. This muscle nerve is flat and embedded in the hypodermis throughout its course, lying just beneath the muscle. It rapidly diminishes in thickness as it passes caudad, and for this reason could not be traced farther with certainty. At the point where the muscle nerve is given off ganglion cells reappear, and the circumoesophageal commissures may be con- sidered to have passed into the lateral nerve cords. The latter, com- posed of nerve fibres longitudinally disposed, remain buried in the hypodermis while traversing the trunk to the posterior portion of the last segment. Here they end, after giving off a branch laterad to the body wall. They are situated apart, throughout their length, at an average distance of about one-half of the diameter of the body, or, as seen in cross sections of the trunk, about 60 degrees of the circle. They are thus slightly mesad of the ventro-lateral longitudinal muscles. In the second trunk segment and the anterior half of the third the ventral cords broaden out greatly, having a rather irregular contour on their mesial side, and are united by three transverse commissures., These commissures, broad where they join the longitudinal nerve cord, become so narrow at the midline that their continuity can only be demonstrated in good transverse sections (fig. 9). Above, below, and laterad of the nerve cords in this region of the body, but within the hypodermis, are numbers of ganglion cells (fig. 9, g.c). The cell bodies of these latter cannot be distinguished from those of the sur- rounding hypodermis cells; their nuclei, however, are readily distin- guishable, being precisely like those of the ganglion cells of the brain, except as to size, ranging from 1.12 /z x 1.87 /« to 1.80// x 2.25 ,m. Their average size is therefore nearly one-third smaller. These cells together form a long and diffuse ganglion, extending from the anterior of the second trunk segment to the middle of the third. At the latter point the ventral nerve cords rather suddenly contract, almost immediately widening again, and in the posterior half of the third trunk segment are again united by two commissures, situated apart at a distance of ca. 15 fi. Ganglion cells are also present here, forming a second pair of ganglia; the number of ganglion cells is, however, much less than in the preceding, and the second pair of ganglia are conseciuently of much less extent (fig. 9). The third pair of ganglia are similar to the second pair, but are composed of still fewer cells, and situated between the 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 107 fourtli and fit'th trunk sc2;monts. Two commissures here join the ventral cords with one anotiier. Hetweeu this ))air of ganglia and the precetling, in the left ventral nerve cord, another opening or fenestra is seen in fig. 1. Between the fifth and sixth segments is the fourth pair of ganglia, again united l)y two transverse commissures, but pos- sessing only a very few scattered ganglion cells. Posterior to this point, the ventral nerve cords, which have been gradually tapering caudad, suffer a sudden diminution in calibre. A fifth pair of ganglia in the sixth segment is possibly indicated by the presence of three or four ganglion cells on each side. Nerves given off laterad from the ventral cords to the hypodermis were not observed, but this by no means argues their absence, since in the nature of the case the}' w^ould be difficult to observe, unless of considerable size. (6) Sense Organs. — The Eyes. — These organs are situated, as shown in text fig. I, on the dorso-lateral surface of the head, about midway between its anterior tip and the second ciliated ring; their distance from one another is about one-half of the width of the head at this point. Their structure is essentially the same as that described for the eyes of other members of this group (fig. 10). Each consists of a cup-shaped mass, composed of reddish pigment granules, the mouth of which encloses a subspherical lens, slightly bilobed, the two lobes separated by a well-marked partition. Below the lens, in the lower part of the pigment cup, is a small space filled with a colorless fluid. Each eye is directed forward and outward, and lies embedded in the hypodermis ca. 4 ti below its outer surface. The cellular structure of the eye is not clear. Although the lens is sharply divided into two lateral halves, and in some cases the pigment cup faintly so, no nuclei are discernible within the eye itself, even when depigmented, nor could the eye be definitely connected wdth any of the adjacent cells. About the base of the pigment cup are clustered a number of ganglion cells belonging to the dorso-median group; it would perhaps be more correct to say that the base of the pigment cup is embedded in this group. Some at least of these cells, on account of their position, must func- tion as percipient elements, although no differentiation serving this end could be observed. Korschelt (1SS2) describes a distinct optic nerve, connecting the eye with the brain; on the other hand Weldon (1886), Harmer (1889a) and Schimkewitsch (1895) all agree that, in the species studied by each, the eyes are embedded in the dorsal por- tion of the brain. /Sense Hairs. — .Much time was spent in searching for these before 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., they were recognized in fixed and stained material. In life the two larger sense hairs appear as tapering homogeneous threads of proto- plasm, and such structures were sought for in sections. Wlien they were finally identified by their position, they were found to be com- posed of a considerable number of cilia fused together, and borne Ijy a cell essentially similar to those which constitute the adjacent ciliated bands (fig. 12). The smaller sense hairs (fig. 20, t.cil.) differ from the larger in being composed of fewer cilia, and borne by smaller cells. In view of the function of these hairs, a nervous connection was to be looked for. This was demonstrable in a few cases, the clearest of which is shown in fig. 12. Two sensory neurons, similar to the adjacent ganglion cells, in this case at least of the bipolar type, lie between the neuropil and the sense cell. Their peripheral processes are in close contact with the base of the sense cell, while their shorter central processes join with the neuropil. The composite nature of the sense hairs has been already noted by Schimkewitsch (1895) who speaks of the ''Buscheln," and figures the pair of large sense hairs as made up of smaller elements. Miss Moore (1899) says of D. gardneri that "the head bears two tufts of long cilia in front .... these are probably of a sensory nature. ' ' Sense hairs of precisely similar structure, being composed of fused cilia, springing from cells like those which bear the locomotory cilia, are described by Meyer (1901) as found on the ventral surface of the umbrella of the trochophore of Lopadorhynchus. Ciliated Grooves. — ^These structures have been noticed under the section on The External Form. Their histological structure offers nothing worthy of comment. The ciliated cells composing these grooves are similar to the other cilia-bearing cells of this form. There is no good evidence of any direct connection with the nervous system, although it is possible that they may be innervated by nerves given off from the preoral transverse commissure. Problematical Sense Organs. — These are narrow oval areas, with the long axis of the oval vertical, measuring ca. 10 x 22 //, situated, one on each side, in the constriction between the head and the first trunk seg- ment, and slightly dorsad of the mid-level. A section through one of these organs is represented in fig. 11. The cuticle is seen to be thickened over the whole ciliated surface, and especially at its centre. In the middle of each the cilia are lacking over a space about one-third of the diameter of the whole, their place being supplied by a number of spherical bodies, borne on slender rods, which project barely above the surface of the cuticle. Midway between the outer and inner sur- faces of the body wall the rods stain more intensely and appear to 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PlIILADELIMIIA. lOO" thicken, I'onnini:: i^ wcll-niai'kcd zone. Ccntrad of tliis zone the rods are just visible, but can with care be seen to terminate against the base- ment membrane. On the inner side of the basement membrane, at this point, a group of oesophageal muscle fibres are inserted {oes.m.). In the belief that this curious structure was sensory in function, a careful search was made to determine whether a demonstrable con- nection with the nervous system was present, but none could be found. From the description given above it is apparent that D. conklini possess a very much simplified nervous system of the ladder type, and one which is embryonic in many particulars, as, for example, in the close association of the whole with the hypodermis (ectoderm), and especially the slight differentiation of the portion belonging to the trunk, where the lateral trunks with their ganglia are not merely in contact with the body wall, but included in it. The first description of the nervous system of Dinophilus is that given for D. apatris by Korschelt (1882). The studies of this investi- gator were confined almost wholly to entire individuals, living or mounted in balsam. From one of the latter, stained in alum carmine, he described and figured a brain, from which arose two pairs of nerves : one pair running forward to the eyes, while the other, which passed backward, he regarded as the roots of longitudinal nerves. The next paper on Dinophilus, that of Weldon (1886), gave a fairly complete account of the nervous system of this species (D. gigas). According to Weldon, the brain, which fills the preoral lobe, consists of a central mass of nerve fibres, surrounded by ganglion cells, which are, as indicated by his figures, in close contact with the hypodermis. From the brain arise the lateral nerve cords, which are also in close contact with the hypodermis, and consist of nerve fibres and ganglion cells. The latter, however, almost entirely disappear in the posterior region of the body, and apparently show no traces of separation into ganglia. Transverse commissures also appeared to be wanting. In regard to the last two points, there seems room for reasonable doubt if more perfect series of sections than it was at that time possible to make wovild not reveal the presence of both ganglia and transverse coramissm"es in this species. In respect to the points last mentioned, the account of Harmer (1889a) is much more satisfactory. This author found in D. keniatus a brain definitely separated from the hypodermis, and a nervous sys- tem of the ladder type, which, although remaining in contact with the body wall, lies outside of its basement membrane. The ganglion cells,. although investing the nerve cords along their whole length, are united no PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., at intervals into compact groups to form five pairs of well-defined ganglia, each of which is united by a transverse commissure. Each pair of ganglia corresponds to a trunk segment, although situated slightl}' posterior to the middle of the segment, as indicated on the exterior by the constrictions and ciliated rings. In the same year with Weldon's ]5aper (1886) there appeared one on D. gyrociliatus by Repiachoff. This investigator described and figured the brain of this species and the anterior portions of the two circumoesophageal commissures. The brain is, as in the other species, composed of a central mass of nerve fibres (neuropil) invested on all except its posterior surface with ganglion cells. These latter are closely united to the ectoderm, as in D. gigas, whereas in D. tceniatus they are distinctly marked off from it. Schimkewitsch (1895) has, in his account of the structure of D. vorticoides , found in the White Sea, given the most complete account of the nervous system of Dinophilus, as well as of other organs. The nervous system of this species is, as a whole, essentially like that of D. tceniatus, but differs from it in two important particulars. The ganglion cells do not invest the lateral nerve cords throughout their length, but are completely segregated into ganglia, the first pair of which, together with their transverse commissure, lies entirely outside of the hypodermis. If the nervous system be used as a criterion, then D. vorticoides has reached the highest stage of development attained by any member of the group thus far investigated. Judged in this aspect, D. gigas should be placed at the foot of the scale; D. conklini second, D. tceniatus third, and lastly D. vorticoides. Harmer (18S9a) has made a somewhat detailed comparison between the nervous system of Dinophilus and that of the archiannelids. Dinophilus agrees with all of the members of that somewhat hetero- geneous group in the general plan of the nervous system and in its close relation to the hypodermis (ectoderm). With Protodrilus (Hatschek, 1880) and with Histriobdella (Histriodrilus , Foettinger, 1885) it further agrees in the separation of the lateral halves of the ventral nerve strand. However, in a new species of Histriobdella described by Has- well (1900) the lateral halves of the ventral nerve cord are completely fused. Goodrich (1901), in discussing the systematic position of Saccocirrus, has drawn attention to the well-known fact that the epithelial position in this form is shared by chsetopod annelids belong- ing to widely separated groups, as, for example, the Eunicidw (Spengel, 1881), Syllidce (Malaquin, 1893), Polynoidw, Chcetopteridw, Maldcmidce (Macintosh, 1885), and Myzostomidce (Graff, 1877). The same 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill may naturally he said of Dinophilus. Moreover, two other special features, nanu'ly. the separation of the lateral halves of the ven- tral nerve corel and the subdivision of the transverse commissures, it shares with many Hermellidce and Serpulid(e (Meyer, 1886). Both the epithelial position of the nervous system and the separation of the nerve cords are found in Nerilla (Pereyaslawzewa, 1896), w^hich is unquestionably a polychsetous annelid, while with the nervous system of i'Elosoma (Brace, 1901), the most primitive member of the Oligocha^ta, there is the closest resemblance. For example, A. tene- brarum, described by Miss Brace, possesses not only a brain closely soldered to the hypodermis, but also widely separated ventral nerve cords, metamerically arranged groups of ganglion cells, and two or more transverse commissures for each segment, all completely embedded in the ventral hypodermis. This widespread ectodermal position of the nervous system is of course readily explained as a retention on the part of these forms of an embryonic condition — a permanently arrested stage of development — apparently correlated with their small size and the resulting simplifica- tion of their economy. That the same explanation will apply to Dinophilus is sufficiently obvious; the more so in the light of the researches of Schimkewitsch (1895) on the embryology of this form, as well as the evolution of the nervous system, as seen in the difTering stages of development shown by the various members of the group, and described above. There remain three special features of the nervous system of D. conklini. The first of these is the presence of a preoral transverse commissure. This structure may be accounted for in one of several ways. In the first place it might be supposed to represent a com- missure originally postoral, and belonging to the trunk, but which has become preoral in position by the shifting of the mouth in a caudal direction. This would be a perfectly allowable assumption, supported by analogy with related forms, since in both the flat worms and annelids the position of the mouth is by no means a fixed one, but quite subject to shifting. However, although the posterior limb of the triradiate mouth does extend caudad into the trunk region, the evidence of any considerable movement caudad on the part of the mouth as a whole is too slight to lend this explanation of the occur- rence of a preoral transverse commissure any considerable degree of probability. In the next place this commissure may be regarded as having arisen entirely de novo in response to the peculiar physiological needs of the 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., animal. Such an explanation is certainly permissible, but it would be worth while first to inquire whether a corresponding structure exists in any of those groups to wdiich Dinophilus can be consideretl related, and from which it may have derived this structural pecviliarity. Such a group is found in the annelids, whose larva, the trochophore, represents either an ancestral condition, or else a stage interpolated in the ontogeny very early in the racial history. In this larva, thanks to the researches of Kleinenberg (1886), confirmed by Meyer (1901). it is known that at an early stage there is present, embedded in the ectoderm, beneath the prototroch, a circular cord of nerve fibres, con- sidered by Kleinenberg as the primitive nervous system of the larva, and homologous with the nervous system of the medusa. At a late period in the development, during the metamorphosis of the larva into the segmented worm, this nerve-ring is crossed, on the future ventral surface of the worm, by the circumoesophageal commissures, forming a structure shaped like the letter H (see Kleinenberg's fig. 31, Taf. IX). This intercalated segment of the nerve-ring persists for a long period, but finally suffers complete absorption and disappears. Now, one of the chief functions of the nerve-ring is that of innervating the prototroch, the principal organ of locomotion of the larva, and of controlling its motions. If, then, the prototroch should persist, it would be ciuite probable that at least a portion of the nerve-ring would persist with it, and it would ciuite likely be that portion which persists longest in the ontogeny. This, I believe, is what has happened in Dinophilus. Moreover, there are also indications of the persistence of the lateral portions of the nerve-ring (see fig. 1). When it is remem- bered that the second preoral ciliated band is in all probability homo- logous with the prototroch of the annelid larva, it will be apparent that there are good reasons for considering the preoral transverse commis- sure of Dinophilus as the persisting remnant of the nerve-ring of the trochophore larva of the annelids, preserved not merely by force of inheritance — since a multitude of examples might be cited to show that this is not of itself sufficient to save an organ or structure from dis- appearance— but rather by the physiological needs of the animal. The oesophageal or stomatogastric nerve is not only found in D. gigas (Weldon, 1886), D. tceniatus (Harmer, 1889a), and D. vorticoidcs (Schimkewitsch, 1895), but in annelids generally, as, for example, Oligognathus (Spengel, 1881) and Saccocirrus (Fraipont, 1884). The nerve innervating the ventro-lateral longitudinal muscles has not yet been described in any species of Dinophilus; but renewed research of other forms might bring it to light. Its close connection 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELrillA. 113 with the muscle recalls the precisely similar relation found between the longitudinal nerves and muscles found by Meyer (1901) to exist in the trochophore larva of Lopadorhynchus. and strongly hints that, as in tliat form, it may l)e due to a common origin from the ectoderm, 4. Alimcntanj Canal. The alimentary canal of D. conkUni does not differ in its essential features from that described for other members of the group, and resembles very closely that of D. apatris and D. gyrocUiatus. On the ventral side of the head is the mouth opening, which is triradiate or Y-shaped . the vertical limb of the Y being directed caudad. The latter is not confined to the head segment alone, but extends backward into- the first segment of the trunk as far as its middle region (see text fig. I and fig. 2.3). Korschelt (1S82) has described a similar condition in D. apatris, the mouth in this species extending back from the head into^ the short segment-like piece which lies between the head and the first trunk segment. In Schmidt's drawing (1856) of D. gyrocUiatus the mouth is represented as confined exclusively to the head, but in another of the same species published by Meyer (1886) the relation of the mouth to the head and trunk is shown to be the same as that just described for D. conklini. The possible significance of this relation will be discussed later. The mouth leads dorsad directly into the oesophagus; caudad it opens into the cavity containing the proboscis (fig. 23), an organ com- mon to all or nearly all of the members of this group. Forming the dorsal wall of the proboscis cavity and separating it from the oesophagus is a crescentic fold extending across the posterior wall of the oesophagus and partially closing its lumen; the two lateral halves of this are called by Harmer (1889a) "the inner lips" (figs. 4 and 23, i.l.), in contra- distinction to "the outer lips" {o.l.) which are formed by the union of the walls of the body and oesophagus. From the inner lips the oesopha- gus ascends, curving slightly backward, to the dorsal body wall, where it bends sharply to the rear and, pursuing a horizontal course for a short distance, reaches the stomach. This it enters at a point consider- ably dorsad of the mid-level. The lumen of the oesophagus in its ascending portion is scarcely more than a cleft, being very narrow in its transverse diameter, although long in an antero-posterior direc- tion. In its anterior portion, however, next to the wall of the esopha- gus, the lumen widens out suddenly, forming here a small open channel. The narrow portion of the oesophageal lumen answers to that limb or radius of the Y-shaped mouth which is directed caudad, the open 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., channel to the anterior two Umbs. At the upper end of the ascending ilmb the lumen gradually becomes circular in section, and remains so for the remainder of its course. In D. gyrociliatus Schmidt (1857), and in D. apatris Korschelt (1882), have each described a proven- triculus (Vormagen), which is simply an enlargement of the horizontal limb of the oesophagus. In isolated individuals of D. conklini there is an indication of such a structure in a slight dilation of this portion of the oesophagus, but this dilation is apparently not permanent, but merely temporary. The cells which form the walls of the oesophagus are relatively large, and very similar, except in their size, to those of the body wall. Cor- related with the shape of the oesophageal lumen in its ascending limb is a marked difference between the height of the cells of the lateral and the anterior and posterior walls, since the exterior of the cesophagus in section preserves a regular oval or circular contour. Those which form the anterior and posterior walls are low and cuboid, while those composing its lateral walls are high, and, although rather irregular, both in size and shape, may, on the whole, be considered columnar in form (cf. figs. 3 and 23). The cells of the remainder of the oesophagus are fairly regular both in form and size, usually cuboid, arranged in a single layer. All of the oesophageal cells are clothed with a thin cuticle, a continuation of that covering the body, and also bear long cilia. These spring from distinct basal knobs, which form a uniform layer a short distance below the cuticle, a narrow subcuticular layer intervening. In many individuals a large number of the nuclei of the oesophageal wall are undergoing a process of degeneration, some of the stages being represented in figs. 31 and 32. The various stages of this process have not been carefully studied, but it is evident that bound up with this process, possibly resulting from it, is the expulsion of the cell from its epithelium. Such a cell is shown in fig. 31. Two possible explanations of this phenomenon present themselves. The function of the cells may be that of secretion, and their degeneration and expulsion the result of old age, like the "cellules deferment" of the mid-intestine of Lagis koreni, described by Brasil (1904). On the other hand the degenera- tion and expulsion of these cells may have for its purpose the libera- tion of the cell contents, which have acquired digestive properties, in the lumen of the oesophagus. This would then be an example of holocrine secretion (Ranvier). Closely connected with the oesophagus is an organ which is common to all members of this group, and variously termed "proboscis," 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 "muscular appendage," "Pharanx," and "Pliarangealtasche" by different authors. On account of its brevity and definiteness I prefer to use the earlier one of "proboscis" ("trompe," Hallez; "Riissel/' Korschelt). The proboscis of D. conklini lies just behind the mouth, and in side view presents a reniform outline, its concave surface directed forward and applied to the posterior wall of the ascending limb of the oesophagus (fig. 23). In cross section (figs. 4, 5, and 23, pro. 1 and jyro. 2, and fig. 30) it is elliptical, the long axis of the ellipse lying transversely. The greater portion of this organ lies within the body cavity between the two limbs of the oesophagus, and practically filling up this space. The anterior and more pointed end of the proboscis {-pro. 1) projects into the pocket-like cavity opening between the inner and outer lips, and is covered by a reflection of the cuticle which lines the cavity. This portion of the proboscis also differs histologically from the remainder, being composed of cells substantially similar to those of the oesophageal wall, but slightly darker and less distinctly granular, which pass over, on the dorsal side, into those forming the inner lips, as shown in fig. 23. Beneath the fold of cuticle which con- nects the proboscis with the outer lips, in the same figure (23), may be seen a network of protoplasm which finally unites with the epithelium of the outer lips (o.Z.). This network encloses a nucleus, in the section figured, and is, together with the tip of the proboscis, as well as the inner lips {i.l.), merely a continuation of the epithelium forming the oesophageal wall. Laterad of the midline this epithelium is clearly seen to be continuous over the whole of the pocket, from the upper lips to the posterior margin of the mouth. This continuity of the oesophageal epithelium is still more plainh^ seen in D. tcBniatus (Harmer, 1889), and in D. vorticoides, as seen in the figures of Schimkewitsch (1895). In both these forms it passes unbroken over the proboscis to the posterior border of the mouth. This is especially well seen in Schimkewitsch (Taf. VI, fig. 37). The remainder of the proboscis, that is, all of the organ behind the pointed tip, presents a histological structure which is extremely curious. This peculiarity of structure has been either entirely misunderstood by previous ^mters or passed over with scant notice. A careful study of sections shows that the part in question, constituting the major portion of the proboscis, is divided into about thirty narrow chambers by as many transverse cuticular partitions (fig. 23, fro. 2), regularly placed from one to three micra apart. These partitions bear on each of their two surfaces a single layer of slender fibrillse, of uniform diameter, and having the same general appearance and staining reaction as muscle fibres (figs. 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 4, 5 and 23, pro. 2). The fibrillffi in each layer are parallel to one another, and accurately spaced about l.b p. apart, running diagonally from one side to the other of the proboscis, at an angle of approxi- mately 45 degrees to the horizontal plane. The fibrilke on opposite sides of the same partition, however, are not parallel, but, while inter- secting the horizontal plane at the same angle, the fibrillse of one layer cross those of the other at right angles. Thus it follows that only the fibres of alternating layers are parallel, while those of any two con- secutive layers run at right angles to one another. As a result of this arrangement, in cross sections through the proboscis, in which two layers of fibrillse are included, these latter, being seen simultaneously, create the appearance of a lattice work, which is very regular whenever the section is parallel to the partitions (fig. 30). The spaces between the partitions are filled with a pale and vacuolated cytoplasm, near the centre of which is a much flattened nucleus, with a large karyosome. The greater portion of the proboscis is thus composed of a series of disk- like cells, placed like coins in a pile, and separated by cuticular parti- tions. Near the centre of each is a nucleus, while each of its faces bears a layer of fibrillse. This peculiar and somewhat complex structure demands an explanation, but it must be confessed that I have none to offer, based on my own observations, inasmuch as living material has been inaccessible to me since the necessity of its study in regard to the point in question became apparent. Some of the observations of Korschelt (1882), made on D. apatris, however, bear on this point. This investigator described and figured the two portions of the pro- boscis, but interpreted the striated appearance of the hinder portion as produced by circular muscles. He then proceeds to say: "Die ganze Riissel strekt sich dabei und verlangt sich durch Contraction der Ringmuskeln." In speaking of the degree of extension of the pro- boscis he states that "seine Vorderende bis in die gegend der Augen vorgeschnellt werden. ' ' So great a degree of extension could hardly be accomplished by the action of extrinsic muscles alone. ^loreover, the diagonal fibrillse by their contraction would produce the same me- chanical effect as circular muscles, viz., an extension of the proboscis brought about by a lessening of its diameter. In view of this fact, and of the observations of Korschelt, it may, I think, be permissible to assume, provisionally at least, that the function of the diagonal fibrils of the proboscis is the extension of that organ. In addition to the intrinsic musculature the proboscis of D. conklini is also provided with a set of extrinsic muscles. These are eight in number, arranged in four pairs: protractors, flexors, retractors, and 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 levators. These are composed of but one or two fibres apiece. The first of these muscles, tlie protractors (fifj. 5. pro.pr.), lie close together near the midline, beneath the proboscis. They are attached to the ventral body wall, just inside of the attachment of the median ventral lonfjitudinal muscles. From here they pass directly backwards, and arc inserted on the ventral side of the proboscis about midway of its length. At their attachment and insertion these, as well as the other proboscis muscles, display the brushlike tufts, formed by division of the fibrils, that were observed in the case of the trunk mus- cles. The second pair, the fl.exors (fig. 4, pro.f.), join together the two ends of the proboscis, passing over its convex anterior face. The retractors (fig. 4, pro.r.) are attached to the ventro-lateral portion of the horizontal limb of the oesophagus, above the proboscis, and descend to their insertion in its anterior portion. The levators are attached to the lateral body wall and inserted on the sides of the proboscis, near its middle. The stomach is a cylindrical or l^arrel-shaped organ, occupying the body cavity from the anterior limits of the third trunk segment to the middle of the fourth. These two segments, it will be remembered, far exceed the others both in length and diameter, so that the stomach is therefore a relatively large organ, its length being nearly one-half that of the trunk. Its diameter approaches that of the body cavity of the segments in which it lies; the space that remains between the stomach and body wall being reduced to a narrow cleft. The anterior end of the stomach is more or less distinctly truncate; its posterior end, on the other hand, is conical, tapering to join the intestine. This jimction, like that with the oesophagus, is dorsal to the median axis. The stomach wall (figs. 6 and 35) is from 11 // to 30 /f in thickness, and composed of a uniform layer of cuboid or low columnar cells, whose inner ends bear long cilia. Each cell displays at its central end a shallow layer of homogeneous protoplasm, staining deeply in iron- hajmatoxylin after fixation b}' sublimate, less densely after Flemming's mixture; just below this layer are the close-set basal knobs of the cilia. The body of the cell consists of dark staining and much vacuolated cytoplasm, within which, usually near the base of the cell, is an ovoid or spherical nucleus, provided with the usual karyosome. The cytoplasm of the cells of the stomach presents a somewhat varied appearance, according to the fixative employed. Sections cut from material fixed in corrosive sublimate (fig. 6) show the cytoplasm much vacuolated, indeed so much so that the protoplasm is reduced to scarcely more than a coarse and densely staining reticulum. Within lis PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., the meshes of this reticukmi may be discerned, moreover, pale yellow, somewhat refractive granules. In material fixed in Flemming's fluid (fig. 35) the picture is strikingly different. The cytoplasm pre- sents the same vacuolated appearance, but here each vacuole constantly encloses a yellowish-brown spherule; while in many individuals the cells moreoA'er contain man}^ black-stained inclusions of the most varied shapes, some of which are shown in fig. 35. That these latter are fatty in their nature is indicated b}^ the fact that they are visible only in material fixed with a mixture containing osmic acid, and also by their intense blackness. The yellowish contents of the vacuoles, whether appearing as pale granules or as spherules, is doubtless only the precipitate of the fluid contained in them during life. The above description applies to the majority of the cells which make up the stomach wall. In addition to these, and scattered among them in considerable number, are unicellular glands (fig. 6, g.gl., and fig. 34). These stain more deeply than their neighbors, being especially dark at their bases. Their cytoplasm is not visibly vacuolated, and presents a granular appearance. In the example shown in fig. 34 a portion of the cytoplasm at the central end of the cell is seen to have been trans- formed into a coarsely granular secretion, which is escaping into the lumen of the stomach through a break in the cell wall. These cells have evidently a digestive function. Another peculiar structure was also freciuently noted, which may be considered as having to do with the digestive functions, although this is not certain. Embedded in the stomach wall of many individuals there were frequently observed large spherules, whose diameter was approximately one-half of the thickness of the stomach wall, and which possessed a staining reaction similar to that of the surrounding cells — although perhaps a trifle darker — and having a homogeneous appearance (fig. 33). Contained within this spherule there appears constantly a spherical mass of chromatic substance, approaching in size and appearance the nucleolus of the surrounding cells. In addition there is also scattered through the spherule tiny granules of chromatic material. In close contact with the spherical body is a cap-shaped nucleus, ??. That this close association with a nucleus is not accidental is indicated by the fact that it was found in ten successive instances. The whole structure — the spherical body with its chromatic enclosm'es, its homogeneous appear- ance, and its close contiguity to a true nucleus — closely resembles the figures given by Brasil (1904) of the "grosses boules hyalin" found in the mid-intestine of Lagis koreni, and which are concerned with the degeneration of the cells in which they occur. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 The intestine (fig^5. 7 and 8, int.) takes its rise from the posterior portion of the stomach, dorsad of the median axis of the animal, whence it runs caudad to the anus in a nearly straight course, with but a slight sigmoid flexure. Like the stomach and oesophagus, it is lined through- out its course with long cilia. The anus, as already described, opens at the posterior termination of the trunk, just dorsad of the caudal process. The outer diameter of the intestine in its middle portion is about one-half of that of the stomach, but is contracted both at its junction with the stomach and at the anus. The intestinal wall is approximately 3 /.i in thickness and composed of a single layer of cells which vary much in form, from a flattened squamous type to the cubical. This irregularity in the form of the constituent cells of the intestinal wall is associated with an irregularity in the contour of its inner surface, the latter being raised into numerous longitudinal ridges rather irregularly arranged, most numerous and attaining their gi*eat- est height midway between stomach and anus, and disappearing near the two latter points. The cells themselves present the same cyto- logical characters as those of the oesophagus, namely, a thin cuticle, a narrow subcuticular border, a layer of end knobs, from which arise the long cilia, and a clear and transparent cytoplasm, enclosing an ovoid nucleus with a karyosome. The musculature of the alimentary canal is very slight, aside from that of the proboscis and the few fibres which accompan}^ the preoral transverse commissure. The latter are to be reckoned with those of the alimentary canal, since they serve to draw together the lateral halves of the mouth. No traces were found of the radiall}' arranged muscles about the mouth described by Korschelt (1882). The largest and most evident muscles are comprised in two small groups, one on either side of the A-ertical limb of the oesophagus, passing from its lateral walls to the body wall on either side (fig. 3, (rs.m.). These serve, as do similar muscles in annelids and other forms, to dilate the oesophagus. A iew muscle fibres encircle the oesophagus at irregular intervals, and are only visible in longitudinal sections, where they appear as black points on the outer surface of the oesophageal wall. Some of these are represented in fig. 23. It is possible that such fibres are present also on the stomach and intestines, but I have not been able to satisfy myself of their presence. There is however, encircling the posterior end of the intestine a very short distance anterior to the anus, a muscle composed of one fibre, which thus serves as a sphincter ani (fig. 8, int.m.). The glands occurring in the epithelium of the alimentary canal have 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., already been mentioned. There remains to be described the "salivary glands" (Speicheldriisen, O. S. Schmidt), and a set of huge glands which I have termed "cephalic glands." The description of these latter glands is brought into this section not so much because of their hypo- thetical relation to the digestive system, as for the sake of convenience. The salivary glands (fig. 5, s.gl.) are similar to those of D. gyrociliatus (Schmidt, 1856; Repiachoff, 1886) and D. apatris (Korschelt, 1882). They consist of two groups of large unicellular glands, each group num- bering in the neighborhood of a dozen cells, situated laterad to the oesophagus, in the angle formed by the junction of the latter with the stomach, and forming an ovoid or pyriform mass. The cytoplasm of these gland cells stains from a brownish yellow to a deep black in iron- hsematoxylin, and has a homogeneous, compact appearance, but frequently encloses vacuoles of a lighter tint. The nuclei are spherical and contain large nucleoli. From each cell proceeds a slender duct, which passes along each side of the horizontal limb of the oesophagus, in contact with it, the ducts of each side uniting to form a bundle (fig. 4, s.gl.d.). Arriving at the ascending limb of the oesophagus, each bundle splits up into its component ducts. These enter the cesophagus, penetrating between the cells of its lateral and posterior walls, each at a different point, and open into its lumen (fig. 3, s.gl.d.). In D. apatris these glands are said by Korschelt to open between the oesopha- gus and proventriculus. In D. gigas (Weldon, 1886) gland cells are found lying outside of the pharangeal (oesophageal) wall, while similar glands lie at the base of the hypodermis forming the outer lips. Har- mer (1889a) describes "racemose" salivary glands opening into the anterior division of the oesophagus. Schimkewitsch (1895) says of the salivary glands of D. vorticoides: "sie offnensich mit einigen Blindeln der ganzen Osophagus entlang seitlich und naher zum Rueken." He also speaks of them as "mit Mucin erfiillt." It is quite evident that in D. conklini the contents of these glands is not mucin, although staining densely in hsematoxylin, for in all of my preparations which were stained in Meyer's mucicarmine, a specific mucin stain, not one of these glands is tinged with it in the slightest degree, while the hypodermal mucous glands are all deeply colored. The cephalic, like the salivary glands, form two groups or complexes of large unicellular glands. These are situated in the dorsalmost portion of the head cavity, just in front of the vertical limb of the oesophagus, each group symmetrically disposed a short distance on either side of the midline (see text fig. Ill, A. and B). Each gland cell, of which each group contains three to five, is pyriform in shape 1907.] NATUUAL SCIEN'CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 (fig. 22), with the smaller end tliix'ctcd downwanls, and continued as a very slender duct. The ducts from each group unite to form a bundle (text fig. III. A, and fig. 20. c.gl.d.). Each of these passes downward and slightly forward, penetrating in their course the lateral portions of the brain. On meeting the ventral hypodermis the ducts of each side diverge, most of them turning inwards (mesiad), and, penetrating the hypodermis, open on the ventral surface; the mouths of the ducts forming a line transverse to the long axis of the animal, just posterior to the anterior end of the head. Just before its termina- tion, each duct displays a bulbous enlargement, forming a small reservoir. The cephalic gland cells much resemble those of the salivary glands in their cytological characters and staining reaction. Like the latter, the protoplasm of the cephalic glands absorbs many chro- matin stains with avidity, being stained with especial intensity in Delafield's hiematoxylin and in carmine, while iniaffected by muci- carmine. "With iron-hajmatoxylin it is usually colored only a dark gray. In certain cases, as in the one represented in fig. 22, intracellular spaces, which previously had evidently been occupied by secretion, were present in the cytoplasm. Glands corresponding to the cephalic glands have been described only in the account given by Schimkewitsch (1895) of D. metameroides, although this author suggests their occurrence in D. keniatus, inferring this from Harmer's (1889a) description and figures of the brain. The function of the cephalic glands is problematical. Their situa- tion, just anterior to the preoral field of cilia which serves to sweep food particles into the mouth, suggests that they may perform a digestive function. Whether this is the case or not, their great size indicates that their function must be an important one in the economy of the animal. 5. Excretory Organs. Nephridia. — Dinophilus conklini possesses five pairs of nephridia, metamerically arranged and corresponding to the five posterior trunk segments. The first of the five pairs differs from the others in that its structure is relatively much more complex; for that reason it will be more convenient to defer the consideration of this pair to the last, and to describe first the simpler structure of the posterior four pairs. These are very tenuous and ill defined in structure, in fact so much so that for a long time I failed to recognize them as definite organs, and mistook them for mere strands of mesenchymatous or connective tissue . In general structure, however, they were found to correspond closely 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., to the nephridia of D. gyrociliatus, as figured by Meyer in 1886. Each nephridium is a thin-walled tube, ciliated throughout, and composed of some four to six cells. Throughout its length it adheres closely to the body wall, except in the case of the nephridia of the fifth pair, which float more or less freely in the body cavity. The course of each nephridium is winding, but its general direction is transverse to the long axis of the body, the morphological inner or central end being dorsal, the outer ventral. The lumen is from 1-2 u. in diameter, and widest near the middle of its course. At the central (dorsal) end (fig. 24) of each nephridium it gradually becomes narrower, and finally terminates blindly in a flat mass of granular protoplasm, containing, besides one or two nuclei, gi'eenish refringent bodies, irregularly ovoid in shape. Goodrich (1897) has described similar bodies in the ne- phridia of Sternaspis. Toward the peripheral (ventral) extremity of the nephridium, which usually lies just laterad of the ventral nerve cords, the lumen again slightly decreases in calibre. The precise point where the external opening is situated could in no case be determined with certainty, although prolonged and careful search was made with the highest powers at my command. This difficulty is caused partly by the small size and lack of definiteness of the parts concerned, and also by the fact that it is only possible to study the nephridia in sections, since the opacity of the living animal and the close proximity of the ciliated walls of the alimentary canal make a study of the nephridia diu-ing life extremely difficult. It is, however, doubtless true also that the external openings are usually closed, and open for discharge only at intervals, as happens in the nephridia of some annelids, e.g., J^losoma. Shearer (1906) finds that each of the ducts of the nephridia of D. tcenia- tus terminates in a vacuole in the ventral hypodermis, but that no external opening could be demonstrated. The nephridia forming the first pair are, as already stated, relatively complex, and are also much larger, more definite in structure, and more readily observed. Nevertheless, the tracing out of the entire course of these nephridia is by no means a simple task, and has been accomplished solely by reconstructions from sections, one of which is shown in text fig. IV, representing the left anterior nephridimn, as viewed from the interior of the body of the animal. The morpho- logical central end (text fig. IV, figs. 25a and 26a, c.e.n.) begins as a slender strand of protoplasm, attached to the lateral wall of the first segment. As it passes caudad it widens out, and in the second trunk segment becomes triangular in shape, thin at its edges, the external edge attached to the body wall and to neighboring parts of the nephri- 1907 NATURAL SCIEN-CES OF nilLADELPHIA. 123 dium, the inner or mesial edge frequently extending to meet and fuse with its fellow of the opposite side. One or two nuclei are seen to lie in this portion of the nephriilium. Within its substance, near its ectal margin, beginning near the anterior limit of the second trunk segment and running parallel to the long axis of the body, is a canal, the inner canal of the nepliiidium (text fig. IV, figs. 25 and 26, i.c.n.), its anterior end conical and terminating blindly in the protoplasm. This canal is lined with long cilia directed caudad, and has a maximum calibre of Fig. IV. — Nephridinm of the first pair, belonging to the left side, as seen from the interior of the body. Reconstructed from sections. X 1053. For ex- planation of reference letters see Explanation of Plates. about 3 fi. Xear the middle of the second segment the inner canal contracts rather suddenly to about one-third or one-fourth of its former diameter, and sends off a slender connecting branch to the lateral glandular portion of the nephridium (text fig. IV, figs. 2oc-e, and fig. 26, l.g.n.). The latter is a large flat biscuit-shaped mass of protoplasm, irregularly lobed or incised, and pressed closely against the lateral body wall. On its mesial side it is in contact with the salivary gland (s.gl.). Within the lateral glandular portion are three or four large spherical nuclei, containing very large karyosomes. No cell boundaries are visible. The cytoplasm has a coarsely granular appearance and stains very densely. The whole mass is permeated throughout by a 124 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., system of ramifying intracellular spaces or canals, forming a veritable labyrinth. These canals are filled with a pale staining granular sub- stance, probably the precipitate of a fluid. After sending ofT its branch to the lateral glandular portion of the nephridium, the inner canal continues backward a short distance, its diameter meanwhile diminishing to ca. 0.5 m, then bends almost directly downward, widening as it does so, and passes into the transverse canal (text fig. IV, figs. 25e and 26a, t.c.n.). The length of the latter is about the same as that of the inner canal, but its diameter is much less, probably in most cases not exceeding a micron. Owing to its minute- ness it is difficult to determine whether it is furnished with cilia or not, but its appearance in fig. 25e seems to indicate that it contains at least a single cilium or flagellum. The transverse canal terminates in the antero-lateral portion of the ventral glandular portion of the nephridium (text fig. lY, figs. 25c?, 25e, and 26, v.g.n.). This body is very similar to the lateral glandular portion, and will therefore require no further description. It lies just above the lateral nerve cord of that side, and posterior to the middle of the second trunk segment, whereas the lateral glandular portion is situated at precisely the middle of the segment. The transverse canal serves to link together the two glandular por- tions of the nephridia, but these are further connected by a large ciliated canal, the diagonal canal (text fig. IX, figs. 256, 25c, and 26, d.c.n.), which arises at the anterior end of the lateral glandular portion and passes diagonally backward to the anterior end of the ventral glandular portion. It enters the latter near the termination of the transverse canal; the two canals in fact being connected with one another at this point. The duct of the nephridium springs from the ventral glandular portion at the point where the latter is connected with the transverse and diagonal canals (text fig. IV, figs. 25a-c, d.n.). The duct is here relatively large, but narrows rapidly as it passes cephalad. A short distance from its point of origin it dips downward and becomes buried in the substance of the body wall laterad of the ventral nerve cords, and is recognizable in sections only as a brownish ovoid area in the hypo- dermis (fig. 5, d.n.). It thus pursues a direction cephalad and slightly mesiad until it reaches the middle of the first trunk segment. Here it bends sharply inward (mesiad), widening considerably at the same time, and opens to the exterior at the postero-lateral border of the mouth (text fig. IV). The duct is similar in structure to that of unicellular glands, such as the salivary gland of Dinophilus, and appears to be merel^^ a process of one of the cells of the ventral glandu 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 lar portion, the coll wall covering this process serving as the walls of the iluct. This duct, as indicated above, is filled with a brownish excre- tion. Embeddetl within the cytoplasm which surround the diagonal and transverse canals are found greenish refringent bodies (figs. 25c, 25d, and 26ft, r.h.) of an irregular ovoid shape, and similar in general ap- pearance to those seen in the nephridia of the posterior segments. In the nephridium represented in text fig. IV and figs. 25c and 2od there are two of these, of nearly the same size. In the nephridium repre- sented in figs. 26a and 266 there are also two subequal refringent bodies, and in addition a denseh^ staining inclusion. From the foregoing description it is seen that in the first pair of nephridia of Dinophilus conklini we have to do with relatively complex and highly differentiated structures. A contemplation of text fig. R' will show, however, that these nephridia are derived from simple nephridia, of the type termed by Hatschek (1888) "protonephridia," like those of the four succeeding pairs, by a growth and differentiation of their component cells, chiefly at two points, namely, those occupied by the glandular bodies. The blind ciliated anterior end is clearly to be recognized as the inner or central end of the simple nephridium, and the canalar plexuses, with their connecting transverse and oblique canals, as its middle part. Obviously one of these connecting canals is of secondary origin and one of primary, corresponding to the original lumen of the primitive nephridium. The size of the diagonal canal, and the fact that its connection with the lateral glandular portion is some distance removed from the union of the latter with the inner canal, speaks in favor of its being the representative of the primitive hmien; the transverse canal would then have to be considered as a sort of short cut for the products of excretion from both the inner canal and the lateral glandular portion of the nephridium. The terminal duct has also evidently undergone modification in that its external opening has been shifted forward to the edge of the mouth. The function of the glandular bodies with, the contained canalar plexuses can only be guessed at. It is at least certain that it is one not performed by the other nephridia. That this function is truly of a glandular nature is indicated by the fact that the ducts are always filled by a homogeneous substance of a brownish color, much resembling mucus in appearance. The highly differentiated groups of the OUgochceta and Hirudinea alone appear to exhibit conditions comparable to those seen in the anterior pair of nephridia of Dinophilus conklini. A breaking up of the 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., canal to form a plexus is found in the median portion of the nephridium of the leech (Graf. 1898), and also in the Enchytrmcke (Bolsius, 1892) and the Discodrilidce (Moore, 1897). Certain nephridia of some mem- bers of the Naidomorpha, Lumbriculidce (Vejdovsky, 1884), and Tubi- ficidcc (Stole, 1888) possess on that part of the nephridium just follow- ing the funnel an oval swelling of a brown color, and within which the nephridial lumen forms a network. In the case of Nais, however, this swelling appears to consist of but a single cell. Shearer (1906) has recently made a detailed study of the nephridia of D. tceniatus. He finds that in their general form and arrangement they correspond to the description given by Harmer (1889a). He adds, however, the important fact that the inner end of each nephrid- ium bears a large number of the curious structures discovered by Goodrich, and called by him "solenocytes" (1898). The cilia of the solenocytes traverse the length of the nephridium, giving it the ap- pearance of being lined with cilia. As to the presence or absence of these structures in the posterior four pairs of nephridia of D. conklini, I am not able to decide with the material at hand. It seems, however, quite certain that solenocytes are not present in the nephridia of the first pair. Here the images afforded by my material are quite clear, the finer structure in the most favorable instances being quite well preserved, and affording a good basis for decision. If present at all the solenocytes should be found cephalad of what I have termed the ''anterior canal," and within the strand of protoplasm in which this canal runs (see fig. 26a and text fig. IV). This portion of the pro- toplasmic strand, however, appears uniform in structure, and con- tains nothing which would indicate the presence of solenocytes. Amoeboid Cells. — In many series of sections there appear large cells of irregular form, situated in the cavity of the head and in the body cavity of the neck region, dorsad and laterad to the anterior portion of the oesophagus (figs. 3 and 4, am.c). Their cytoplasm is coarsely granular in appearance, and is frequently seen to contain densely staining inclusions of various shapes and frequently of large size. The nuclei of these cells are vesicular and contain but little chromatin, outside of the large spherical karyosome. In at least one instance a number of these cells were found in an evident state of degeneration, some within the cavity of the head, others buried in its ventral hypoder- mis. This latter circumstance, together with the varying location of these cells within the limits indicated, and the fact that their shape conforms to the outline of the adjacent tissues, strongly indicates that their nature is amoeboid. Their origin is obscure; but their close 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 resemblance in size ami stainiiif!; reaction to many of the cells compos- ing the lateral walls of the ascending liml) of the oesophagus, in addition to the fact that, in those individuals in which these amoeboid cells occur, they arc always found in the neck region in a normal condition, seems to point to the oesophagus as their place of origin. The function of these cells is somewhat problematical. Their amceboid and phagocyte-like api:)earance, the frequent occurrence of inclusions, and their degeneration within the ectoderm near the exterior, point strongly to the conclusion that they perform the func- tion of phagocytes. This conclusion attains a considerable degi'ee of jirobability in the light of the researches of Schaeppi (1894) and Graf (1898) on polychsetous annelids and leeches respectively. In repre- sentatives of both these groups there are found in the body cavity amoeboid cells ("Chlorogogen," "Excretophores"), whose function is to ingest and remove waste matters. Moreover, Graf found that in the leech these cells sometimes degenerated in the epidermis. There seems, therefore, much reason to believe that the amoeboid cells in Dinophilus are also "excretophores." 6. Sex Organs. Ovary. — The ovary in its position and general structure resembles that of Dinophilus apatris and Dinophilus gyrociliatus, as described by Korschelt (1882) and Repiachoff (1886) respectively. It lies on the ventral side of the alimentary canal, occupying the concavity formed by the junction of the stomach and intestine, and commonly fills up this space and crowds the intestine towards the dorsal side. The ovary consists essentially of three parts: the oogonia; the oocytes; and the peritoneal sac enveloping the whole. The oogonia form a pyriform mass of closely packed cells (fig. 21, cog.), its smaller end directed caudad. The apex of the oogonial mass is formed of the younger cells, wiiich are still in a state of multiplica- tion. In fig. 21 a zone of dividing cells is seen extending across this portion of the ovary. Beyond this zone the oogonia may be seen to increase gradually in size toward the anterior end of the oogonial mass, where the oogonia, having completed their growth, become oocytes. The manner of formation of the large ova which are destined to form the female individuals, by the fusion together of several oogonia, was first noted by Schimkewitsch (1895), and has been more fully described by Conklin (1906) for the form under discussion, and by von Malsen (1906) for D. apatris, and will not be dwelt upon here. The cytoplasm of the oogonia is finely granular, and stains more or less densely, 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., doubtless owing to the presei\ce of small yolk granules. The nuclei possess the general character of those of the tissue cells, being vesic- ular, and containing a large chromatin nucleolus. The oocytes, or ovarian eggs, constitute the greater part of the ovary, and form a closely packed mass entirely filling up the remainder of the space below the intestine, which lies close to the dorsal body wall. The oogonial mass is commonly crowded to one side of the oocytes, thus lying laterad and often somewhat ventrad of the latter. In some cases, indeed, a large oocyte, apparently full grown, is found in the posterior portion of the ovarian chamber, caudad of the oogonia. The mature female ova are in the neighborhood of 100 n in diameter, closely approximating that of the body of the parent. The diameter of the ova destined to form males is much smaller, i.e., about 30 fx. The first maturation division, as least as far as the metaphase, occurs within the ovary, and has been observed by both Conklin (1906) and myself. \o\\ ]\Ialsen (1906) states that in one instance only did he find maturation spindles within the ovarian chamber. It is curious to note that in those preparations which showed the karyokinetic figures, all of the mature oocytes appear to be dividing simviltaneously and at the same rate, since all of the spindles were in the same phase, namely, the metaphase. The probable explanation of this phenom- enon is that, as in Ophryotrocha (Korschelt, 1903), the oocytes remain at this stage of division until penetrated by the sperm. All of these dividing ova displayed a well-marked peri-vitelline layer, which stains strongly in Meyer's mucicarmine. This layer, however, does not extend completely around the ova, but is seen onl}^ on their free surfaces, its formation being in some way prevented by contact with other ova. The peritoneal investment of the ovary consists of an extremely delicate epithelium which encloses the oogonia and oocytes as in a bag, and is attached posteriorly to the apex of the pyriform oogonial mass (see figs. 7 and 21, per.). From the outer surface of the peritoneum thin strands of protoplasm are here and there given off to the neighbor- ing alimentary canal and body w'all. The existence of this epithelial covering w-as for a long time a matter of much doubt in my mind, and it is only after careful study of sections of the best preserved material that I have arrived at the conclusion stated above. In some cases the peritoneum is wtII marked and easily demonstrated, as in fig. 7; in others, as in the section represented by fig. 21, the peritoneum is ex- ceedingly tenuous. That it is a true epithelial layer is shown by the presence in it of small nuclei. Von Malsen (1906) also observed this 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 layer, but saw only that i)orti()u of it which lios veiitrad of the ovary, the dorsal portion beinii concealed by the close apposition of tho ovary and the alimentary canal. l'\)r this reason he interprets it as a portion of the splanchnopleure, api)arently assuming; with RepiacholT (ISSG) the iiresence of a continuous i)eritoneal lininj;- throughout the body cavity. The ovary would then, accordini;- to von Malsen, lie outside of the ccrlom, between the alimentary canal and the peritoneum. The presence of a definite peritoneal investment surrounding the ovary of D. conklini is in accord with the observations of both Harmer (1889a) and Schinikewitsch (1895). In the two forms investigated by these authors — D. tcvmatas and J), vorticoidcs — the gonads consist of long paired sacs, from the walls of which arise the sexual products. These sacs, moreover, in D. vorticoidcs, according to the researches of Schimkewitsch, arise from the paired mesoderm bands. There can, Fig. V. — Diagrams illustrating the reduction of the sex glands in DinopTiilus, as represented by A, D. vorttcoides and tceniatus; B, D. gigas; C, D. conklini. therefore, be little doubt that the gonads with their enclosed cavities, as^Meyer (1901) has also pointed out, are homologous with the peri- toneum and coelom of the Annelida. It is evident, however, that, in the light of this interpretation, the coelom of D. conklini is greatly reduced, as compared with those species mentioned above. This reduction becomes more comprehensible when the condition in D. gigas is taken into consideration. The sex gland of this species is, according to Weldon (1886), Y-shaped, the unpaired limb lying posterior, the two anterior limbs extendino- for- 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., ward a short distance under the hinder portion of the stomach. Weldon describes no peritoneal investment of the sex glands, it is true, but this might easily have been overlooked, inasmuch as it is probably very thin. Indeed, in the anterior portion of the testes of D. meta- meroides, Schimkewitsch (1895) states that the peritoneum becomes reduced to a mere memhrana propria. For this reason, and because of the occurrence of a peritoneum enclosing the sex products in at least two other species, it is not unwarrantable, to say the least, to assume its presence in D. gigas. The condition obtaining in this species would then be almost precisely intermediate between that found in D. vorticoides and tccniatus, on the one hand, and D. conklini (and prob- ably also apatris and gyrociliatus) on the other. In other words, there has been within the Dinophilidce a progressive reduction in the shape and extent of the sex glands, and also of the coelom, represented by the cavity within them; this reduction beginning at their anterior ends, and its stages exemplified by the three species named. These are repre- sented diagrammatically by text figs, V, A, B, and C. In the first stage, (A), represented by D. vorticoides and tceniatus, the sex glands are paired, extend throughout the greater portion of the trunk, and are united only at their posterior ends. In the second, (B), repre- sented by D. gigas, the paired portions are much shortened, while the unpaired median part, which joins the former, has increased some- what in length. In the third and last stage, represented by D. conklini, the lateral paired portions have disappeared altogether, leaving only the posterior unpaired part. That the paired condition, represented in A, is probably the more primitive one need scarcely be pointed out ; the unpaired is therefore specialized. It is also to be noted in this connection that those species possessing the unpaired sex gland are also sexually dimorphic. In D. vorticoides, tceniatus, and gigas the reproductive cells appear to be produced directly from the wall of the sex glands (coelomic epithelium) by transformation of its cells. Moreover, the production of germ cells appears not to be definitely localized, but to take place throughout the length of the glands. The condition in D. conklini is evidently quite different. Here a circumscribed portion of the coelomic epithelium is, as in the higher Vermes, differentiated to form a well- defined gonad, in the shape of the pyriform mass of oogonia. Korschelt (1882) was of the opinion that the germ cells arose in the walls of the alimentary canal. Yon Malsen (1906) has recently thought to have found confirmation of this view and has described and figured the germ cells as arising in the ventral wall of the stomach, and migrat- 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 ing thence by amoeboid movement into the oogonial mass at some distance from its posterior end. This is certainly an error and, I believe, based on defective fixation. Von Malscn states that in his studies on the oogenesis of Dinophilus he relied chiefly on sections matle from material fixed in Kleinenberg's picro-sulphuric. This fixative, as I have already stated in the section on tcchniciue, is unre- liable, at least for the study of the morphology of Dinophilus conklini. Sections made from material fixed in this fluid yield images which could easily lead one to believe in a close connection between the ovary and the alimentary canal, and at the outset I was myself inclined to such a view. Better preserved material, however, has demonstrated conclusively that no such close connection exists. Moreover, in D. conklini the oogonial mass is commonly separated from the alimentary canal by the large oocytes, thus effectively barring any communication between the oogonia and the alimentary canal. A median generative pore — sperm duct or oviduct — situated on the ventral side, near the posterior end of the body, has been seen in three species of Dinophilus, namely, D. vorticoides (Schimkewitsch, 1895), D. kcniatus (Harmer, lS89a), and D. apatris (Korschelt, 1882). In the last-named species the oviduct was seen during life, but was not found in preserved material. It is with regret I confess that so far I have been unable to demonstrate an oviduct in D. conklini, although a careful search for it has been made. That it exists there is scarcely the slightest doubt. Weldon (1886) was also unable to discover the genital opening in D. gigas, and has assumed that a rupture of the body wall occurs on the maturing of the genital products, allowing the latter to escape; this occurrence being accompanied by the degeneration and death of the animals. Whether this be true of D. gigas or not, it is probably not true of D. conklini — although this species, as does D. gigas, rather suddenly disappears on the arrival of warm weather — since von ^lalsen (1906) has shown that in D. apatris, a species very similar to D. conklini, the egg-laying period is one of considerable extent. 7. Discussion and Conclusions. Metamerism. — In Dinophilus conklini, as in other members of the gi'oup, there is a distinct and well-marked metamerism. This is expressed by the body wall in its external divisions, its ciliated rings, and its mucous glands; by the nervous system in its pairs of trunk ganglia, and by the nephridia in their arrangement in five pairs. The metamerism is that of the annelids, and expressed in the same terms. 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., but with an important exception: in Dinophilus it is apparently not manifested in the sex organs, the homologues of those organs and tissues which are, in the annelids, the products of the mesoderm bands. The number of segments, as indicated by the body wall in its external divisions and ciliated rings, does not agree with that indicated by the other metamerically arranged parts. The former — the trunk segments as delimited by constrictions and their ciliated bands — indicate six trunk segments, while the latter, namely, the mucous glands, the nerve ganglia and the nephridia, testify to only five. Examination of text fig. Ill and fig. 1 will show that the segment not represented by ganglia or mucous glands is the first postoral. It may be added that this segment is also not represented by the nephridia, since, although the first pair of nephridia do actually extend into this segment, the greater part of these organs lie in the segment following, and obviously belong to the latter. That division of the trunk, then, immediately following the neck and bearing the first band of cilia is evidently not a true metamere, but is to be interpreted as a minor annulus, a subdivision of a metamere having occurred, as in all leeches and in some Oligochccta and Polychcvta. The next succeeding annulus, the second, is clearly the corresponding major annulus, and the two together compose the first trunk metamere. The development of an additional annulus in this region is probably to be traced to the demand for greater room on the part of those structures which lie within the first trunk metamere, namely, the proboscis, a relatively large organ, the first pair of ne- phridia and the first pair of trunk ganglia; the two latter much exceed- ing in size those of the succeeding segments. Five trunk metameres are also present in D. tccniatus (Harmer, 1889a) and in D. vorticoides (Schimkewitsch, 1895), as indicated by the num- ber of the trunk ganglia and of the nephridia. Meyer (1886) shows five pairs of nephridia also in his figure of D. gyrociliatus; the number of trunk ganglia, is, however, unknown, since the nervous system of this species has so far not been carefully investigated. This species (gyrociliatus), as judged by Meyer's figure, displays a condition pre- cisely similar to that obtaining in D. conklini, since there apperas to be present six trunk segments, in the second of which the first pair of nephridia are situated. The first trunk metamere is therefore evi- dently also composed of two annuli, of which the posterior is the major. In D. vorticoides (Schimkewitsch, 1895) one of the trunk metameres appears also to have been subdivided into annuli, since the trunk bears twelve double rings of cilia. As to the particular metamere which has .subdivided, it is impossible to conclude from Schimkewitsch's figures, 1907.] NATURAL SCIENXES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 although it seems pr(jl)al)le that it is one of those in the posterior part of the body. From the evidence at hand it is seen that four of the nine species of Dinophilus are composed of six segments (metameres), counting the head, and this raises the question as to whether this mmiber is characteristic of the group; the answer to wlucli must neces- sarily be found in further research. Cepholization. — Among the evidences of specialization exhibited by Dinophilus conklini is a well-defined tendency to cejihalization on the part of the nervous system and the nephridia. A glance at fig. 1 will serve to show that this is true of the nervous system, especially as regards the number of nerve cells. That a like tendency is exhibited by the nephridia also will be plain on considering the great size and complexity of the first pair of nephridia as compared with the succeed- ing four. Relationships. — The systematic position and affinities of Dinophilus have been long debated, and is a cjuestion concerning which every one who has investigated this form has expressed an opinion. In a pre- vious paper on the embryology of Dinophilus (1904a), I have given a brief historical sketch of the various views expressed by different authors on this subject, so it need only to be referred to here. Broadly speaking, these views may be divided into three classes, according as they regard Dinophilus as most nearly related to the Turbellaria, to the Rotatoria, or to the Annelida. In respect to the morphological evidence on which the first of the'^e views is based, Lang (1884) has summed this up so concisely and com- pletely that I cannot do better than to quote his words in full: "I believe that Korschelt^ is on the wrong track; there are no Tur- bellaria with an anus, none with ciliated rings. The pharanx of Di- nophilus has nothing in common with the pharanx of the Turbellaria. None of the Turbellaria have a straight alimentary canal so much differentiated. The sex organs are constructed differently in the two groups; in the Turbellaria complicated ducts are always present. The sexual dimorphism removes Dinophilus from the 'Turbellaria, as well as the well-developed body cavity. I do not believe that, as Korschelt supposes, the ova arise from the epithelium of the alimentary canal. They indeed lie in the body cavity close to the alimentary canal, but I am strongly of the opinion that a fine endothelium is here present, from which they develoj). Ever^'oue knows how difficult * Lang here refers to Korschelt's earlier view (1SS2). Korschelt has since expressed the opinion that Dhiophilus is closely allied to the annelids 134 PROCEEDIN'GS OF THE ACADEAIY OF [Feb., endothelium is to recognize. The distinction between Dinophilus and the Turbellaria is much greater, if it is compared to the larvae of the latter. Yet the resemblance should be greater if, as Korschelt sup- poses, Dinophilus be a primitive Turbellarian form. ' ' The weight of the evidence furnished by our present knowledge of the morphology and embryology of the annelids, as well as that of Dinophilus, is, I think, heavily in favor of a close relationship of the latter with the annelids. There is scarcely a character in the structure of Dinophilus which is not held in corhmon with some member of that group. The general external form, including the distribution of the cilia and the caudal appendage, are found in several annelid larvae, such as Harpochceta (Korschelt, 1893); the ciliated rings may persist to maturity, as in Ophyrotrocha (Korschelt, 1893) and Nerilla (Perey- aslawzewa, 1896), as well as in Protodrilus (Hatschek, 1880). The metamerism is also like that of the annelids, expressed by the same organs — with the exception of those arising from the mesoderm bands — and developed in the same manner, as the investigations of Schim- kewitsch (1895) and myself (1904a) have shown. The nephridia are precisely like those seen in many annelid larvae. Moreover, Shearer (1906) has recently found that the nephridia of D. tceniatus possess the ■curious structures termed by Goodrich (1898) "solenocytes," and found by him characteristic of many members of the Polychceta. The type of the nervous system of Dinophilus is unquestionably the em- bryonic annelid type; even its distinctive features, such as its epithelial position and the wide separation of the two halves of the ventral cord , are found not only in larval stages, but also in adult stages of several members of the Annelida. The preoral commissure of D. conkMni can also, I think, only be satisfactorily explained by deriving it from the nerve ring of the trochophore larva. The alimentary canal is, in its main features, strictly comparable to that of the annelids; while the proboscis, in its general structure, is like that of many Polychceta, as, for example, the Eunicidie (Lang, 1891). A possible relationship with the Rotatoria has been pointed out by several investigators; of these probably Schimkewitsch (1895) has stated the case for the rotifers most clearly. After a very fair pre- sentation of the claims of Dinophilus to a place among the annelids, he says : "Ohne Zweifel sind auch einige Ziige vorhanden, die Dinophilus mit den Rotatorien verbinden: die furchung des Eies, die Anwesen- heit des Schwanzanhanges, der mit dem Fusse der Rotatorien iiberein- stimmt, der geschlechtliche Dimorphismus ; man muss auch gestehen, r.H)7.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 (lass ini Uauc dos Xorvcnsystems uiul der Hauptmusculatur der Rota- torieii die Tendenz zur Er\verl)un<i- der Metamerie l)enierkt warden kann: bei Dinophilus abcr erstreckt sich diese Tendenz aucli auf das Mesoderm und die Excretionsorgane. Aueh hci den Rotatorien erscheinen, wic hei DinnpJiilus die Genitallu'ihlen als einzige Homologa des Coelonis." According to this view the metamerism, as well as many other annelidan features, would have to be regarded as having arisen inde- pendently. From this standpoint Dinophilus would, so far as its resemblance to annelids is concerned, be a good example of convergence. In regard to the points of reseml)lance which Schimkewitsch has pointed out : the segmentation of the egg has been shown to be strictly annelidan in its type. The caudal appendage of Dinophilus much more closely resembles that of some polytrochal annelid larvfp than the foot of the Rotatoria. The sexual dimorj^hism quite clearl}' arose within the group, and is one which is found in other groups than the rotifers. The condition of the sex organs in the less specialized members of the Dinophilicke (e.g., D. vorticoides) Meyer (1901) regards as representative of the primitive condition of the ccelomesoblast in the annelids, and one which is ciuite different from that found in rotifers, since the unpaired condition found in D. conklini is evidently a derived one. Moreover, the opinion is widely held that the Rotatoria constitute a highly specialized group of somewhat uncertain affinities, since much doubt has been thrown on its formerl}'- assumed close relation to the trochophore. In short, when the various morphological characters can be duplicated within the annelids, or accounted for by derivation from that ancient and primitive group, it seems superfluous to suppose that they have arisen independently, and to derive Dinophilus from such a comparatively specialized group as the Rotatoria. Dinophilus has also been often compared to the trochophore larva of annelids, but this comparison is somewhat inexact, if the term trocho- phore is employed in the strictest sense. The resemblance is rather to that intermediate stage in the metamorphosis represented by some larvae of the potytrochal type. The head of Dinophilus is, for example, in no way comparable to the inflated cephalic vesicle of the typical trochophore; the trunk with its various organs is distinctly metameric, and therefore to be compared with the trunk of the worm. On the other hand, such features as the ciliated bands, particularly those pre- oral in position, the ventral ciliated tract, and the preoral commissure, have obviously been derived from the trochophore stage. On the \Ahole, Dinophilus can l)est be considered as a veiy young polychsete 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., worm, retaining sonic of its larval features, with seta> and parapodia undeveloped, and whose peritoneiun and ccelom have been transformed into a generative organ. S. SuDiniarij. External Form. — The head of the female (text fig. I) is bluntly conical in front and tapers rapidly behind to a well-defined neck. A pair of red kidney-shaped eyes are borne on the dorsal surface of the head. On its anterior surface are two long sense hairs, symmetrically placed, and a number of smaller ones. A group of small sense hairs is also present on its dorsal surface. The body is cigar-shaped, and divided by constrictions into six segments, each of which bears a single band of cilia. A circumanal band of cilia is also present, but is inter- rupted on the dorsal surface. The head bears two rings of cilia, one in front of the eyes, and one behind them, the latter band encircling the head at its greatest diameter. Both of these bands are interrupted by a dorsal gap. The anterior cephalic bands bend backward between the ej^es. On each side of the head, behind the second cephalic ring, is a shallow ciliated groove which runs ventrad to the lateral borders of the mouth. A strip of cilia clothes the ventral surface of the animal from the anterior tip of the head to the end of the caudal append age. The males (text fig. II) are minute in size, short cylindrical in form, and slightly constricted in the middle. A circular band of cilia is borne at the anterior end, and a ciliated strip covers the ventral surface. A conical penis is found near the posterior end of the body. Body Wall. — The body wall is composed of a one-layered hypo- dermis, covered on the exterior by a thin cuticle. It is thin in the intersegmental regions, thick in the intrasegmental. A ventral thickened area extends the entire length of the animal. Gland Cells. — The body wall contains glands of three types. The glands of the first type are mucous in character, scarce, and confined to the ventral surface. Those of the second are also mucous glands,^ long-p}Tiform in shape, metameric and symmetrical in their distribution, and fairly constant in number (text fig. III). The glands of the third type are non-mucous, very long-pyriform in shape, and found prin- cipally near the middle of the trunk segments, and on the head. Muscles. — The muscles comprise two sets^ longitudinal and trans- verse. The former are divided into three pairs. One pair lies close together on the ventral side of the trunk, and traverses the latter from the anus to the posterior side of the mouth. The second pair are ventro-lateral in position and run from the anus to the anterior por- 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 137" tion of the head, penetrating the brain in their course. The third pair is dorso-lateral in position and also runs from the anus to the head. Fibres from the second pair (ventro-lateral muscles) meet and cross in the head cavity. The second set of muscles comprises muscle fibres which traverse the head cavity in a dorso-ventral direction, from side to side, and also obliquely. Nervous System. — Central Nervous System. — The central nervous system (fig. 1) includes a simple brain, in close contact with the hypo- dermis, circumoesophageal connectives, and a pair of ventral nerve cords. The latter traverse the whole length of the trunk and are throughout embedded in the hypodermis. They are connected Iw transverse commissures, three being present in the second trunk seg- ment, and two in each of the three following. A preoral transverse commissure is also present, which appears to be the homologue of the ventral portion of the nerve-ring of the trochophore larva of the an- nelids. Ganglion cells are present, also embedded in the hypodermis,. and arranged to form four well-defined pairs of ganglia. A fifth is possibly indicated. Large nerve-trunks are given off from the cir- cumoesophageal commissm-e to the oesophagus and the ventro-Iatcral muscles. Sense Organs. — The eyes consist each of a bilobed lens and a pigment cup. The inner end of the latter is buried in the outer surface of the brain. The large sense hairs on the anterior surface of the head are connected with the brain by sensory neurons. Problematical sense organs are found on the sides of the neck. Alimentary Canal. — The mouth is triradiate and is situated on the ventral side of the head. It opens into an oesophagus which passes upward, then backward for a short distance, to empty into a capacious stomach which fills the body cavity in the third and fourth trunk seg- ments. Near the anterior border of the fifth trunk segment the stomach joins the intestine, which passes in an almost straight course to the anus. The latter is situated dorsad of the caudal appendage.. The alimentary canal is lined throughout with long cilia. The oeso{)h- agus is provided Avith a large proboscis (fig. 23, pro.). The latter is in shape ovoid, flattened dorso-ventrally, and is situated just within the mouth, in an involution of the posterior wall of the ascending limb of the oesophagus, and is attached to the oesophageal wall at the bot- tom of the involution. The proljoscis is made up of flat cells arranged like coins in a pile, and separated by chitonized partitions. On each side of every partition is a layer of muscular fibres. The function of the latter appears to be that of elongating the proboscis. This organ, is moreover provided with a set of extrinsic muscles. 138 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Glands. — The oesophagus is provided with so-called salivary glands, which consist of two sets of imicellular glands, one on each side of the oesophagus. The ducts from these glands pass forward separately to empty into the anterior part of the oesophagus. Unicellular digestive glands are found in the walls of the stomach. In the dorsal i^art of the cavity of the head there are two groups of large pyriform glands, which send down slender ducts to the ventral surface of the head. The func- tion of these glands is unknown. Excretory Organs. — Nephridia. — Five pairs of nephridia are pres- ent. The nephridia belonging to the posterior four pairs are simple tubes of delicate structure, with a blind inner end. The anterior pair are relatively large and complex organs (text fig. IV), consisting of an anterior canal, representing the blind inner end of the simple type of nephridium ; two large glandular bodies, connected with transverse and diagonal canals, and a long duct opening on the posterior border of the mouth. Amoeboid Cells. — Large amoeboid cells are found in the anterior part of the body cavity, and also in the head cavity. Their function is probably phagocytic. Sex Organs. — Ovary. — The ovary lies on the ventral side of the alimentary canal, in the angle formed by the junction of the stomach and intestine. It consists essentially of a very thin peritoneal sac, to the posterior portion of which is attached a pyriform mass of oogonia, forming a gonad, which lies inside of the sac. The peritoneal sac is usually distended with ova, some of which were seen undergoing the first maturation division. No oviduct was found. Conclusions. — Metamerism. — A well-marked metamerism is pres- ent, expressed by the body wall and its mucous glands, the nephridia, and the nervous system. The presence of five trunk metameres is indicated, the most anterior of which is subdivided into two annuli. Cephalization. — A marked tendency to cephalization is shown by the nephridia and the nervous system. Relationships. — The morphological evidence indicates close affinities with the chaetopocl annelids. Literature List. Beneden, J. P. VAN. 1851. Notice sur un nouveau Nemertien de la cote d'Ostende. Bull. acad. roy. Beige, XVIII, 1. . 1861. Recherches sur la faune littorale de Beleique. Mem. acnd roy Beige, XXXII. '^ BoLSius, H. 1892-3. Notice sur ranatomie de Torgane segmentaire d'Enchv- trseides. Anat. Am., VIII, pp. 210-215. Brace, Edith M. 1901. Notes on the Nervous System of .Elosoma. Journ Morph., XVII, 2. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 BuASiL, L. 1904. Contribution a la connai.ssanco do I'apparpil dijrestif des Annelides polychetes. L'epitlu''liiuu intestinal de la pectinaire. Arch. zool. exj)., I\', '2. Child, C. M. 1900. The Early Development of Arenicola and Sternaspis. Arch. Enlw.-Mech., IV, 9. CoNKLiN. E. G. 1902. Karyokinesis and Cytokinesis in the Maturation, Fertilization, and Cleavage of Crepidula and other Gasteropods. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 2d ser.. XII, 1. . 1906. Sex Difierentiation in Dinophilus. Sr/ence, N. S., XXIV, p. 294. DiESiNG, C. 18.50. 8ystema Helniintliorum. Vindaborue. . 1SG2. Revision der Turbellarien. Sitzujigsb. Kais. Acad. Wiss. TT^'ien, XLV, 1. FoETTiXGER, A. 1884. Recherches sur Torganisation do Histriobdella homari, P. J. van Beneden, rapportee aux Archiannelides. Arch, de Biol., V. Fraipoxt, J. 1884. Le sj'steme nerveux .... des Archiannelides. Arch, de Biol., V. Goodrich, E. S. 1897-8. Notes on the Anatomy of Sternaspis. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XL. .1897-80. On the Nephridia of the Polychseta. Part I. On Hesione, Tyrrhena, Nepthys. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XL. . 1898-9. On tlie Nephridia of the Polychseta. Part II. Glycera and Goniada. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XLI. . 1901. On the Structure and Affinities of Saccocirrus. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XLIV. ■Graf, Arnold. 1898. Hirudineenstudieren. Nova Acta Acad. Leap. Car., LXXII. •Graff, Ludwig vox. 1877. Das Genus Myzostoma. Leipsig. . 1882. Monographie der Turbellarien. Leipsig. Hallez, p. 1878. Contributions k I'histoire des Turbellaries. Bull. Scient. departm. du Nord, 2d ser., I. . 1879. Contributions k I'histoire naturelle des Turbellaries. Trav. Inst. zool. Lille, II. Harmer, S. F. 1889. On a New Species of Dinophilus. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc, VI. . 1889a. Notes on the Anatomy of Dinophilus. Journ. Marine Biol. Assn. United Kingdom, I, 2. Haswell, Wm. a. 1900. On a New Histriobdellid. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XLIII. Hatschek, B. 1878. Studien iiber Entwicklungsgcsch.ichte der Anneliden, Arb. zool. Inst. Wien, I. . 1880. Protodrilus Leuckartii. Ein neue Gattung der Arclaianneliden. Arb. zool. Inst. Mien, III. . 1888-91. Lehrbuch der Zoologie. Jena. Jensen. 1878. Turbellaria ad litora Norvegise occideutalia. Bergen. Kleixexberg, Nicholas. 1886. Die Entstehung des Annelids aus der Lar^"e von Lopadorhynchus, nebst Bemerkimgen iiber die Entwicklung anderer Polychteten. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., XLIV. Korschelt, Eugen. 1882. Ueber Bau und Entwicklung des Dinophilus apatris. Zeit. /. wiss. Zool., XXXVII. . 1887. Die Gattung Dinophilus und der bei ihr auftretende Geschlechts- dimorphismus. Zool. Jahrb.. II, 3-4. . 1893. Ophryotrocha puerilis Clap.-Metschn. und die polytrochen Larven eines anderen Anneliden (Ilarpoclueta cingulata nov. gen., nov. spec). Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., LMI, 2. Korschelt, E., und Heider, K. 1903. Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Ent- wicklungsgeschichte der wirbellosen Thiere. Allgemeiner Theil. Jena. Laxg, Arnold. 1884. Die Polycladen. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel. XI, pp. 078-9. . 1891. Text-Book of Comparative Anatomy. English Translation by H. M., and Mathilda Bernard. Nem York. Lea'inson, G. N. R. 1879. Bidrag til Kundskab on Gronlands Turbellarien- fauna. Vidensk Meddel. fra den nalurh. Foren in Kjnhenharn. 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [I'eh., Macintosh, W. C. 1885. Report on the Annelida Polycha;ta collected by H,. M. S. " Challenger' ' during the years 1873-76. Challenger Reports, XXXl\ . Malaquin, a. 1893. Recherches sur les Syllidiens. Lille. Malsex, Hans Freiherr von. 1906^ Geschlechtsbestimmende Einfliisse und; Eibildung bei Dinopliilus apatris. Archiv. f. viicr. AnaL, LIX, 1. Mead, A. D. 1897. Tlie Early Dfevelopment of Marine Annelids. Journ. Morph., XIII, 2. Mereschkowsky, C. 1879. Ueber einrge Turbellarien des Weissen Meercs. Archiv. Naturg., XLV, 1. Meyer, Eduard. 1886-7. Studien iiber den Korperbau der Annelidcn. Mitth. zool. Stat. Neapel., VII. . 1901. Studien iiber den Korperbau der Anneliden. V. Das Mesodena der Ringelwiirmer. Mitth. zool. Stat.. Neapel., XIV. Moore, Anne. 1899. Dinophilus gardneri. (sp. nov.). Biol. Bull. ,1. Moore, J. Percy. 1897. On the Structure of the Discodrilid Nephridiuin. Journ. Morph., XIII, 3. Nelson, Jas. A. 1904. The Early Development of Dinophilus as Compared with that of the Annelids. Amer. Nat.., XXXVIII.. — - — . 1904o. The Early Development of Dinophilus : a Study in Cell-Lineage. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, LVI, 3.. . 1906. The Nervous System and Xepliridia of Dinophilus. .Science, N. S., XXIV, p. 298. Oersted, A. S. 1843. Fors0g til en ny Classification af Planarierne (Planaria Duges.) grundet paa Mikroskopiskanatomiske Unters0gelser. Kroner Nat.. Tidssk., IV. Pereyaslawzewa, Sophie. 1896. M^moire sur I'organisation de la Nerilla antennata O. Schmidt. Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 8, 1. Prowazek, S. 1900. Zur Entwicklungsgeschiclite des Wurmes Dinophilus apatris. Naturw. Wochenschr., XV.. QuATREFAGES, A. DE. 1851. Sur le nouveau N^mertien de la cote d'Ostende,. genre Dinophilus. Bull. acad. roy. Beige, XVIII. Repiachoff, W. 1886. Ziu' Anatomic und Entwicklungsgeschichte des Dinoph- ilus gyrociliatus O. Schmidt. (Russian.) Zapiski Nowoross. Obschestwa, etc., X, 1. Odessa. Schaeppi, Th. 1894. Die Chlorogogen von Ophelia radiata. Jena Zeit. f. Naturiv., XXVIII. ScHiMKEWiTSCH, W. 1895. Zur Kenntniss des Baues und Entwicklung des Dinophilus vom Weissem Meere. Zeit. f.iviss. Zool., LIX, 1. ScHMARDA, L. K. 1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere, beobachtet und gesamraelt auf einer Reise um die Erde. Leipsig. Schmidt, Oscar. 1848. Neue Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Wiirmer. Jena. . 1857. Zur Kenntniss der Turbellaria rhabdocoela und einige andere Wiirmer des Mittelmeeres. Sitzungsb.. Akad.AViss. Muth.-Naturw. Klasse^ Wien, XXIII. ScHULTZE, Max. 1849. Ueber die Microstomeen, eine Familie der Turbellarien. Arch. Naturg., XV, 1. . 1851. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Turbellarien. Greifswald. ScHULTZ, EuGEN. 1902. Dinophilus rostratus nov. spec. Wiss. Meeresunters.,. Shearer, Cresswell. 1906. On the Structure of the Nephridia of Dinophilus. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., L, 4. Spengel, J. W. 1881. Oligognathus bonellise, eine schmarotzende Eunicie. Mitth. zool. Stat. Neapel., Ill, 15. Stolc, a. 1888. Monografie Ceskych Tubificidu: Abh. Bahm. Ges., VII, 2. Vejdovsky, F. 1884. System und Morphologic der Oligocha^ten. Prag. Verrill, A.E. 1892. Dinophihda? of New England. Trans. Coymecticut Acad. Arts and Sci., VIII. Weldon, W. F. R. 1886. On Dinophilus gigas. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.,.. XXVII. Wistinghausen, C. von. 1891. Untersuchungen uber die Entwdckluiig vow Nereis Dumerilli. Mitth. zool. Stat. Neapel., X. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHrLADELPHIA. 141 KXI'LAXATIOX OF PlaTES XII AND XIII. The figures have been drawn by the aid of the camera hicida at the level of the table, under Zeiss homo. imm. tV; using the oculars 2 and 4 of Zeiss, and 3 and 5 of Leitz. The magnification, in diameters, of each of these combinations was determined, and the particular magnification employed in each figure is indicated after ,the description of that figure. Reference LEirTESg. fiin.c, amoeboid cell. br., brain. 6r.com., transverse commissure of brain. c.com., circumoesophageal commi.^sure. c.e.n., central (anterior) end of ne- pliridium. e.g., cilia of ciliated groove. c.gl., cephalic gland. c.gl.d., duct of cephalic gland. c.r. 1-9, 1st to 9tli ciliated rings. cut., cuticle. d.c.n., diagonal canal of nephridium of 1st pair. d.l.rn., dorso-lateral longitudinal mus- cle. d.n., duct of nephridium of 1st pair. d.v.m., dorso-ventral muscle of head. €., eye. g.c, ganglion cells. g.gl., gastric gland. g. 2-5, ganglia of the 2d to the 5th trunk segments. gl. 1-3, hypodermal glands of the 1st, to the 3d type. hyj)., hypodermis. i.c.n., inner (anterior) canal of ne- phridium of 1st pair. i.l.. inner lip. int., intestine. int.m., muscle encircling, terminal por- tion of intestine — spliincter ani. /., lens of eye. l.g.n., lateral glandular portion of nephridium of 1st pair. l.m.c, transverse muscles of head. l.m.f., longitudinal muscle fibres. l.m.i., insertion of longitudinal nmscles. l.n., lateral nerve cord. in., mouth. men., megenchymatous tissue. vi.n., nerve to ventro-lateral longi- tudinal muscle. n., nucleus. n./., nerve fibres. np., neuropil. (Bs., oesophagus. ces.m., esophageal muscles. ces.n., CBsophageal nerve. Q.l , outer Up. ooc, ooC5f,tes. oog., oogonia. p.c, pigment of eye. per., peritoneum. pr.com., preoral commissure. pro. 1, anterior epithelial portion of pro- boscis. pro. 2, posterior muscular portion of proboscis. pro.f., flexor of proboscis. pro.l., levator of proboscis. pro.pr., protractor of proboscis. pro.r., retractor of proboscis. r.b., refringent body. s.gl., salivary glands. s.gl.d., duct of salivary glands. St., stomach. st.m., stomach wall. t.c.n., transverse canal of nephridium of 1st pair. t.cil., tactile cilia. t.com., transverse commissure. v.g.n., ventral glandular portion of nephridium of 1st pair. v.l.m. 1, median ventral longitudinal muscle. v.l.m. 2, ventro-lateral longitudinal muscle. Plate XII, Fig. 1. — The nervous .system, sHghtly schematized, and represented as seen from the dorsal side. Reconstructed from a series of 102 sec- tions of a single individual. The outlines of the body, the mouth, and the ciliated bands are also reprasented. X 4.50. .Fig. 2. — Cross section through the bruin, showing the neuropil, ganglion cells, and eves. X 665. 142 rROCEEDIMGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb,,. Fig. 3. — Cross section through the anterior portion of the mouth, showing the openings of the duets of the salivary glands, the oesophageal muscles, the oesophageal nerves, and the longitudinal muscles. X 665. Fig. 4. — Cross section through the posterior portion of the mouth, showing the oesophagus, the proboscis, and the ducts of the salivary glands. X 665. _ ^ Fig. 5. — Cross section through the trunk, just posterior to the mouth, show- ing the salivary glands, the muscle-nerves, besides the features repre- sented in the preceding figure. X 665. Fig. 6. — Cross section through the trunk, taken at the level of the 3d trunk segment, showing the stomach, the longitudinal muscles, and the- lateral nerve cords. X 665. Fig. 7. — Cross section through the posterior portion of the trunk, at the level of the anterior half of the 6th trunk segment, showing the intestine, the ovary, and the peritoneum enveloping it. X 665. Fig. 8. — Cross section through the posterior end of the trunk, just anterior to the anus, shomng the hypodermal glands on the dorsal side, and the intestine A\dth a sphincter muscle encircling it. X 665. Fig. 9. — Cross section through the ventral hypodermis in the posterior por- tion of the 3d trunk segment, and passing through the posterior com- missure of that segment. Ganglion cells and a portion of a nephridium are also shown. X 665. Fig. 10. — The eye, from a coronal section, showing the bilobed lens, the pig- ment cup, aiid the adjacent ganglion cells of the brain. Flemming's fluid. X 1115. Fig. 11. — Problematical sense organ, also insertion of the oesophageal muscles on the hj-podermis. Corrosive-acetic. X 1115. Fig. 12. — Portion of a coronal section through the head, showing one of the two tufts of tactile cilia borne on the anterior surface of the latter, and the connection of the cilia-bearing cells with the ganglion cells of the brain. Flemming's fluid. X 1115. Fig. 13. — Two muscle fibres from one of the diagonal muscles of the head, showing the nucleus and cell body attached to the fibres. X 1115. Fig. 14. — Section through a portion of the ventral hypodermis, showing ciliated and non-ciliated cells, the cuticle, and also the median ventral longitudinal muscle fibres. Flemming's fluid. X 1115. Figs. 15-17. Hypodermal glands of the first, second and third types, respectively. X 1115. Fig. IS. — Four glands from the dorsal hypodermis of the posterior end of the trunk. Three of them are non-nuicous glands (gl. 3.); the remaining one (ql. 2.) contains mucus. X 1115. Plate XIII, Fig. 19. — Coronal section through head, showing the brain and the insertion of the longitudinal nuiselcs. X 665. Fig. 20. — Coronal section through head, taken at a lower level tlian the figure preceding, showing the transverse commissure of the brain, the orign of the circumoesophageal commissures, and the preoral commis- sure. X 665. Fig. 21. — Ovary, from a sagittal section. The ventral hypodermis is also represented, as well as the outlines of the stomach and intestinal walls. X 665. Fig. 22. — Cephalic gland, drawn from two sagittal sections. The outlines of tlie neuropil, of ganglion cells, and of a hypodermal cell are also indicated. Flemming's fluid. X 665. Fig. 23. — Sagittal section through the head and anterior portion of the trunk,. showing the brain, the preoral transverse commissure, the mouth, the oesophagus, the proboscis, and muscle insertions. X 665. Fig. 24. — Portion of the lateral body-wall of tlie 3d trunk segment, showing the inner end of the right member of the second pair of nephridia. Corrosive-acetic. X 1115. Fig. 2oa-e. — Five consecutive cross sections through the left nephridium of the first pair; fig. 25a being the most anterior of the series. Corrosive- acetic. X 1115. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 Figs. 20a-6. — Two consecutive coronal sections tliroupili one of the neph- ridia of the first pair; fig. 2Go lying uppermost. Corrosive-acetic. V lllo. Fig. 27. — Three cells of the ciliated hand of the first trunk segment, from a tangential section. FkMuniing's fluid. X III.t. Fig. 28. — Tlie second cephalic ciliated band and the ciliated groove, from a tangential section. X 1115. Fig. 29. — The ventral hypodermis, showing ciliated and non-ciliated cells, from a horizontal section. X 665. Fig. 30. — Cross section through the proboscis, showing two layers of the intrinsic muscle fibres. Flemming's fluid. X 665. Figs. 31 and 32. — Degenerating cells of the oesophageal wall. Corrosive- acetic. X 1115. I''ig. 33. — A spherical Ijody with its accompanying nucleus, from the stomach wall. Corrosive-acetic. X 1115. Fig. 34. — Digestive gland, from the stomach wall. Corrosive-acetic. X 1115. Fig. 35. — Cells from the stomacli wall. Flemming's fluid. X 665. 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, March 5. Arthur Erwin Browx, D.Sc, Mce-President, in the Chair. Twenty-five persons present. The Pubhcation Committee reported the presentation of a paper entitled "Note on the Genus Kiihha," by Dr. Theodore Gill (February 27). The death of Frederick E. Stearns, a Correspondent, February, 1907, was announced. Dr. a. E. Brown criticised the theory that species arise only by mutation, as maintained by De Vries. (No abstract.) March 19. Arthur Erwin Brown, D.Sc, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-three persons present. ^Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., made a communication on a Mexican journey and its entomological results, illustrated with lantern slides from kodak views taken by Mrs. Calvert and by an exhibition of insects collected. (No abstract.) Mr. C. C. Beddoes was elected a member. The following papers were ordered to be printed : 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 A NEW TURBELLARIAN FROM HAWAII. ; ■ " BY HAROLD HEATH. The species of flatwonn described in the present paper is represented by four individuals dredged by the U. S. F. C. Str. "Albatross" in the Auau Channel between Maui and Lanai Islands, Hawaii, where the depth is 28-43 fathoms and the bottom consists of sand and gravel. With one exception the specimens were in perfect condition and swam actively by means of undulatory movements of the lateral margins of the body, as is the habit of several other species of Turbellaria. Cocaine was used as a narcotizing agent and formaldehyde as a preservative. The largest specimen is almost circular in outline and measures 35 by 39 mm. ; while the next largest is more oval with a length of 42 mm. and an average width of 27 mm. In each case the body is only slightly colored and is restricted to the dorsal surface, where the minute black pigment cells form stippled streaks and blotches. As in other Plano- ceridae the mouth is about median, the male copulatory apparatus is directed backward, and in common with other species of the genus Flanocera the nuchal tentacles are located about one-foiu-th of the body length from the anterior end. Around the bases of each there is a group of large eyes, while the intermediate brain region is occupied by the smaller voriety which forms two irregular clusters. The digestive system presents no especially peculiar features. The- external mouth, mesially situated, leads into the much plicated, pharynx (PI. XIV, fig. 1), whose length nearly equals one-fourth that of the body. Laterally it is produced into four pairs of diverticula, of which the anterior may be somewhat indistinct. Directly above, that is dorsal to the outer mouth, the opening from the pharynx leads into the main division of the gut, which in turn communicates with five pairs of intestinal branches. These are invariably empty and rela- tively slender and practically of even calibre throughout their entire extent. Their general arrangement and method of branching may be seen in fig. 1, which likewise shows frequent anastomoses, Lang* states that when these occur they appear most clearly in the young ^ Die Polydaden, Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, 1884. 10 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, individuals, and that in the sexually mature animals they are very seldom seen. Evidently the present species is one of the exceptions, since in fig. 1, which represents an animal with the ovaries barely developed, the anastomoses are not so numerous as in a larger in- dividual where the female reproductive system is fully functional. The brain holds a position about one-fourth the length of the animal from the anterior end of the body, and after treatment with equal parts of formaldehyde and glycerine may be seen with the greatest distinctness to originate two extensive networks, the well-known ventral one and a dorsal system which has, so far as I know, never been seen in whole mounts, though it was traced with considerable accuracy by Lang from a study of sections. The ventral set of nerves develops from the ventral half of the brain by means of several pairs of nerves which have essentially the same origin as those of P. graffii (Lang's fig. 4, PI. 31). These form an extensive meshwork over the entire under surface of the animal, conforming in general to the plan of P. grajfii, though the main fibres are more delicate and their branching is not so regular. The dorsal system may be clearly seen with the naked eye to form an extensive network over the entire dorsal surface of the body. Its fibres are generally smaller than those of the ventral side and the branching occurs with less frequency, thus forming meshes of larger size. Three pairs of nerves give it origin, their position and mode of branching being sufficiently well shown in fig. 2 to require no further comment. In the most favorable specimen the testes are seen to be scattered over the ventral surface, with the exception of the area bounded by_ the two innermost longitudinal nerves. Under low magnification their arrangement suggests that they and the delicate canals (vasa ■efferentia) leading from them form an anastomosing system, and in certain favorable situations, and especially in sections, it is possible to demonstrate that such is actually the case. These minor canals combine to form the vasa deferentia, which usually extend anteriorly as well as posteriorly on each side from their T-shaped union with the single branch extending inward to the midline, but in the present species an anterior division has never been discovered. Throughout its entire extent each vas deferens is a moderately convoluted canal which may form a slight anastomosis at some point, as is shown in fig. 1. The tube resulting from the fusion of the vasa deferentia in the mid- line passes at once into the small yet muscular seminal vesicle (fig. 5) which is somewhat elliptical in form. From here the canal passes 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 slightly to the left in order to skirt the p-aiiular gland, and then by a fairly direct route leads into the bases of the copulatory organ. A short distance from its entrance into this last-named organ it combines with the short duct from the granular gland. The copulatory apjiaratus is a cylindrical body of comparatively large size, occupying the midline and all the available space between the body walls. Its inner third is spongy in character and is pene- trated by a single canal, the ductus ejaculatorius, which continues to the exterior. The remaining two-thirds, constituting the eversible portion, is provided with powerful muscular walls and is lined with a multitude of spines which belong to three distinct classes (fig. 5). Those adjoining the outer opening, and consequently basally situated when the penis is protruded, appear in sections to be at least eight in ninnber. Of these two are of large size, hook-like (fig. 6), and are clearly seen in surface views to be symmetrically disposed on each side of the midline. The other six, or possibly eight, are considerably smaller, less curved, and although not clearly visible in surface views appear likewise to be symmetrically disposed a short distance within the external opening. The second type of spine is the smallest and the most abundant and occurs throughout the greater part of the penis. Each is somewhat spindle-shaped and the free end is slightly hooked (fig. 3). Toward the inner end of the eversible portion this type of spine shades into others of similar form, but of a greater length and of a somewhat more slender appearance. At the extreme inner end, the tip of the fully extended organ, these slender spines become larger and more highly cuticularized, and their distal halves assume the brownish yellow tint of the first type. Among these are several larger, toothed spines which are represented in fig. C. Lang maintains that each of the spines in Planocera graffii is merely a modified epithelial cell, and judging from his figure (fig. 4, PI. 10) all are of the same character and are similar to the smallest type in the present species. While this view appears plausible at first sight, there are reasons for believing that it does not express the true state of affairs in PL hawaiiensis. Certainly it cannot be held that the huge spines of the first and third types are each a modified epithehal cell. On the other hand each presents the appearance of being a cuticularized papilla, possibly covered with many epithelial cells, though no cell structure now exists, and penetrated by a connective tissue core which clearly shades basalwards into the unmodified filjrous substance of the penis. Furthermore, while each of the smaller spines may be the pro- <luct of a single cell, there is little indeed in the adult condition to 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [i^Iarch, indicate such an origin. Sections show that they are merely projections on transverse cuticularized ridges which encircle the inner wall of the' organ. As usual the ovaries are dorsally placed, and the tubes leading from- them join with the uteri which are well defined a short distance anterior to the mouth. From this point they extend backward, fuse in the midline and form a single duct which passes dorsally into the egg canal. Distal to this last-named union the egg canal extends posteriorly for a short distance and enlarges slightly to form the small accessory sac- On the other hand the egg tube passes backward, enlarges slightly tO' form the shell chamber, beyond which it becomes continuous with the bursa copulatrix. This is a thick-walled, cone-shaped organ whose inner walls are developed into well-defined rugoe almost cuticular in^ appearance. The following brief description will serve to distinguish this species from other knowm forms. Planocera hawaiiensis sp. nov. Body tolerably consistent, broadly elliptical or circular. Length of largest specimen 39 mm., width 33 mm. Color wholly lacking or limited to faint, black blotches and streaks on dorsal surface. Nuchal tentacles at end of first fourth of body length ; bases surrounded by eyes about twice the size of those of the intermediate area, which form two groups, the greater number in front of the brain. Five lateral and one anterior intestinal branches which are united by frequent anastomoses. Testes and uniting tubes form an anastomosing system. Penis lined with three species of spines or hooks, several being of large size. Bursa large, accessory sac relatively small. Auau Channel, Hawaii (Station 3,876), 28-43 fathoms. Explanation of Plate XIV, Fig. 1. — Planocera hawaiiensis, ventral view showing digestive and reproductive' systems. Fig. 2. — Dorsal nervous system. Fig. 3. — One of the spines of the penis (for position see fig. 5). Fig. 4. — Tentacles, eyes and brain. Fig. 5. — Central portion of the reproductive system. B, bursa copulatrix; G^ granular gland ; P, penis. Fig. 6. — Large penis spine (for position see fig. 5). o r r n H o o X PI E Q r r i c 2 c rr K K ^'*''**4^g,;^^iJE.4ia£=-^* .-lyfT'T* lyt!^ ^., .^ Q r ►J o z Q p: :r h m o r r K H o :^ Q X p] 53 PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1907. PLATE IX. cM GILLETTE ON CHERMES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE X. C/^ GILLETTE ON CHERMES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907 pr.eom NELSON ON onOPHiLus CONKLINI. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XIII, 19 % V 23 •IP- ,,.c. t(d i>V c </! <l . .L ri c ql d. r 1 J ines (l.l.ni. I '^'-o.l. 27 28 c.rls. o-S- 4^ AW,, NELSON ON DINOPHIL r > o o > 1907.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 149 April 2. Arthur Erwin Brown, D.Sc, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-seven persons present. John W. Harshberger, Ph.D., made a communication on the sci- sntific appUcation of ecology in the wet and dry cultivation of plants. (No abstract.) April 16. Arthur Erwin Brown, D.Sc, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-three persons present. Henry Skinner, M.D., spoke of the variations in the life-history of insects. (No abstract.) Richard H. Harte, M.D., was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed : 11 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, NOTE ON THE GENUS KXJHLIA. • - BY THEODORE GILL. The genus Diiles was first named by Cuvier and Valenciennes in 1829. in the Histoire Naturelle des Poissons (III, 111), for fishes resembling Ceyitropristes, but distinguished by the presence of only six branclii- ostegal rays. The genus is divided into two sections, the first with three points to the opercle and an undivided dorsal (as in Centro- pristes) and the second with two points to the opercle and an emarginate dorsal. The name has been restricted to the first section for many years, and for the second section (not related to Centropristes) the generic name Kuhlia, given by Gill in 1861, has been used. Recently, however, Mr. Henry W. Fowler, in the Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906 (p. 510), has contended that Kuhlia "is superseded b}^ Dules Cuvier,, Rhgne Animal, ed. 2, II, 1829, p. 147 (type Centropomus rupestris Lacepede by first species)." Cuvier in the Regne Animal especially refers, in a footnote, to the "Dules auriga Cuv. et Val., Ill, li," etc., and that work was published in advance of the Regne Animal. In accordance with Mr. Fowler's own principles, then, Kuhlia should be retained as well as the family name Kuhliidce, and not Dules and Dideidw (or Dulidce). Mr. Fowler also remarks that "the specific name of the species gener- ally known as Kuhlia malo should be " Dules mato Lesson, Voy. aut. Mond. Coquille, Zool, III, 1830 (March 22, 1828) ,i p. 223, thus having priority over Dules malo Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., VII, 1831,. p. 360." Inasmuch, however, as Lesson, at the place cited, especially quotes- "Dules malo Cuv., Poiss., t. VII, p. 479," it is obvious that the volume in question (VII) must have been set up and published before the description by Lesson was even in print, notwithstanding the dates of the title-pages. It may be added that the proper indigenous Tahitian name of the Kuhlia appears to have been Mato and not Malo, and Cuvier's name may have resulted from a typographical error, in which case Kuhlia mato would be the correct form. 1 It is not e\ident what is meant by the date "March 22, 1828 "j certainly the volume of the Coquille could not have been published then. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 NON-SALTATORIAL AND ACRIDOID ORTHOPTERA FROM SAPUCAY, PARAGUAY. BY JAMES A. G. REIIN. The following records and descriptions arc based on an extensive series of specimens collected by Mr. W. T. Foster and now forming part of the collection of Mr. Morgan Hcbard, of Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia. Considerable work has already been done on the Orthopterous fauna of Sapucay, but an idea of the richness of this region in species may be formed when w^e consider that in addition to the number already recorded seven new ones are here described. Foiu- papers have been published bearing wholly or in the greater part on the Orthoptera of Sapucay/ all of which have been of great assistance to me in studying this large series of specimens. One of the first of these papers treated of a small collection secured by Mr. Hebard from Sapucay, the results proving of such interest that he immediately endeavored to secm"e a more representative collection, an effort well repaid by the magnificent series of specimens available for study. In many cases notes on the variability of series, both in size and coloration, have been given, while comparisons with available material from adjacent regions have frequently furnished information worthy of record. Species which are here recorded from Sapucay for the first time are preceded by an asterisk. The Tettigonidse (Locustidse) and Gr3dlielae of this collection will be the subject of a future contribution. The author wishes to thank Mr. Hebard for the opportunity to study this collection, a considerable representation of which has been gener- ously presented to the Academy. FORFICULID^. APTERYGIDA West wood. Apterygida linearis (Eschscholtz). 1 9 . November, 1902. * Rehn, J.A.G. Records of some Paraguayan Orthoptera, with the Description of a New Genus and Species. Ent. News, XVI, pp. .37-42. • Caudell, A. N. On a Collection of Non-Saltatorial Orthoptera from Paraguay. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XII, pp. 179-lSS. Bruner, L. S\'noptic List of Parafniavan Acrididae, with Descriptions of New Forms. Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., XXX. pp. 613-694. CmidelU A . N. The Locustidse and GrvUidtc (Katydids and Crickets) collected by W. T. Foster in Paraguay. Proc. U. 'S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 235-244. 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, BLATTID^. PSEUDOMOPIN.^. ISCHNOPTERA Burmeister. Isohnoptera vilis Saussure. 1869. I[schnoptera] vilis Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XXI, p. 112. [Argentine Pampas.] 9 6^. February, March and October, 1902; January to March, 1905. In several of these specimens the reddish lateral margins of the pronotum are less pronounced than in others. Isohnoptera brasiliensis Brunner. 1865. /[schnoptera] brasiliensis Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 130. [Brazil.] 2 d^. April and May, 1902. These individuals are somewhat smaller than the measurements given by Brunner, but in other respects are typical of the species. NYCTIBORIN.E. NYCTIBORA Burmeister. ♦Nyctibora vestita Saussure. 1864. Paratr[opes] vestita Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XVI, p. 308. [Brazil.] 1 d", 1 9 . December, 1904; March, 1905. This species was originally synonymized with N. crassicornis Bur- meister by Brunner, a proceeding which seems to the author not exactly justified by the published descriptions at least. Biurmeister's crassicornis appears, from the description given by Brunner, to be a larger species without the very distinct single central blotch on the pronotum; Saussure's vestita, on the other hand, has the median spot distinct.^ The size of crassicornis given by Brunner shows that the pronotum was larger by at least one millimeter in both directions than in the available material. The specimens in hand have the median patch on the pronotum solid, without sign of division, and somewhat resembling that of A^ omissa Brancsik ^ from Catamarca, Ai-gentina, though more rounded and not as transverse. The anal vein of the tegmen is also finely lined with black, in addition to the discoidal vein and sutural margin. * M^m. Mex. Blatt., p. 64. ' Jahresheft Naturwissen. Ver. Trencsiner Comitates, Trencsen, XXIV, p. 186, tab. Ill, fig. 1, la and b. 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 EPILAMPRIN.E. PARATROPES Serville. *Paratropes elegans (Burmeister). is.N. IVi[orn.'^pis] clcganii Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., Bd. II, Abth. II, pt. I, p. 493. [Probably Surinam.] 1. 6". February, 1905. This specimen differs from Brunner's interpretation * of the species in that the Hmbs are solid black, the coxae finely margined with pale yellowish, the face without the transverse line dorsad of the labrum, and the antennse with a narrow annulus instead of having the terminal portion all yellowish. When compared with the descriptions of other species of the genus the individual in hand agrees closer with that of elegans, differing in the color characters here given. EPILAMPRA Burmeister. ♦Epilampra brasiliensis (Fabricius). 1775. [Blatta] brasiliensis Fabricius, Syst. Entom., p. 272. [Brazil.] 1 d^, 1 9. February and March, 1905. This species has also been recorded from San Pedro Province, Para- guay. PANCHLORIN.E. PANCHLORA Burmeister. *Panchlora hyalina (Stoll). 1813. [Blatta] hyalina Stoll, Natuur. Afbeeld-Besch. Kakkerlakken, p. 5, 14, pi. Ill d, fig. 12. [No locality.] 1 6". March, 1905. This name appears to be applicable to the species generally known as Panchlora viridis Burmeister. MANTIDiE.; MANTIN.E. ACONTISTA Saussure. Acontista bimaculata Saussure. 1870. A[contista] bimaculata Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell., Ill, p. 229. [Brazil.] 9 cJ', 4 9 . February and March, 1905. As the female of this species has never been described the following diagnosis may prove of service. Form robust, as is usual in females of this genus. Head with the occipital outline slightly arcuate, almost straight mesad, more arcuate * Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 150. 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, laterad, the prominent lateral vertical sulci cutting the occipital out- line; ocelli disposed as in the male but much smaller; facial scutellum shaped as in the male; antennce slender, subfiliform, not exceeding the head and pronotum in length. Pronotum shaped very much as in the male, but shorter and consequently with the dilation extending more caudad, and the constricted caudal section shorter. Tegmina short, but very slightly longer than the pronotum, costal margin evenly rounded, apex subrectangulate, sutural margin slightly arcuate in the distal two-thirds, rather abruptly and obliquely curved on the proxunal third; stigma distinct. Abdomen strongly depressed, expanded; supra-anal plate broadly and roundly trigonal ; cerci slightly surpassing the apex of the plate. Cephalic limbs very robust; coxse hardly exceeding the pronotum in length, subquadrate in section; femora slightly longer than the coxse. General color pale apple green; eyes pale walnut brown. Tegmen with the stigma bistre. Wing brick red, the greater part of the marginal section of the caudal area rich glossy blue black, the trans- verse veins hyaline and touched with brick red. Measurements. Length of body, 23 mm. Length of pronotum, 6 " Greatest wddth of pronotum, 3.5 " Length of tegmen, 5.5 '' Greatest breadth of abdomen, 8.5 " Length of cephalic femur, 7 " Two males and one female are washed more or less strongly with brownish. This species has also been definitely recorded from the Provinces of Goyaz and Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. BRUNNERIA Saussure. 1869. Brvnneria Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell., Ill, pp. 5S, 71. Type. — B. subaptera Saussure. Brunneria brasiliensis Saussure. 1870. B[runneria] brasiliensis Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell., Ill, p. 240. [Brazil.] 8 d", 14 ? . February and March, 1905. This series shows that the species is moderately uniform in size and possesses w^ell-marked green and brown phases in the female, the thorax and abdomen varying in accord with the general phase. brasiliensis. subaptera. 73 mm. 90.5 mm. 94 mm . . 33.5 " 29.5+ " 48 . . 24.5 " 31 32.5 " . . 35 37.2 " 40.5 " . . 15.8 '' 18.6 " 19 " . . 8 12 15.5 " 1907.] KATUR.\L SCIENCES OF PIIIL.\DELPHIA. 155 *Bruuneria aubaptera Saussnrc. 1809. B[runnena] subaptera Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entotn. Gesell., Ill, p. 71. [Argentine Pampas.] 2 6". March, 1905. These two specimens are larger than the same sex of brasiliensis, with the ocelH smaller and the antennae and cerci longer. One speci- men (March 5) has the character of the cerci and antennae more marked than the other, and measurements of both specimens with those of an average male of brasilietisis are here given. Length of body, . Length of antenna, . Length of pronotum, Length of tegmen, . Length of cephalic femur, Length of cere us, This species has been recorded from the north of Patagonia and the Pampas, and specifically from Bahia Blanca, Argentina. A female individual from Carcarafia, Argentina, determined by Prof. Bruner as B. brasiliensis, is clearly referable to subaptera, the shape of the supra- anal plate and the length of the cerci being typical of this species, COPTOPTEEYX Saussure. 1869, Coptopteryx Saussure,'.Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell., Ill, pp. 56, 66. Type, as selected by Kirby, C. claraziana Saussure = C. crenaticollis ( Blanch ard). ♦Coptopteryx crenaticollis (Blanchard). 1851. Mantis crenaticollis Blanchard, in Gay, Hist. Fis. Polit. de Chile, Zool., VI, p. 22. [Chile.] 2 6". February, 1905, These specimens are clearly referable to this species, of which a female from Carcarafia, Argentina, has also been examined. Giglio- Tos has recorded the species from San Pedro Province, Paraguay. ♦Coptopteryx gayi (Blanchard). 1851. Mantis Gayi Blanchard, in Gav, Hist. Fis. Polit. de Chile, Zool., VI, p. 21. [Chile.] 3 d", 4 9 . December, 1904; January, 1905. This species can easily be recognized in the female by the elongate pronotum, and separated from C. argentina by the longer, slenderer median and caudal limbs and weaker cephalic limbs, while C. crena- ticollis is distinct]}^ smaller and comparatively more robust. The male, on the other hand, bears a very considerable resemblance to that 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, of C. argentina, and might easily be considered only a brownish speci- men of that species. However, a close examination discloses several very good characters to separate the two species, such as the more compressed shaft of the pronotum, the narrower supra-coxal dilation and weaker cephalic limbs. All the specimens examined are of various shades of brown, one male having the limbs clear green, while one male and one female have the same parts touched with the same color. A female specimen from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, received from Dr. Saussure and determined by him as C. gayi, is distinctly smaller than Sapucay females and has the margins of the pronotum with somewhat heavier spines, but does not appear separable otherwise. The measurements of a Sapucay female and of the Rio Grande do Sul individual are as follows : Sapucay. Rio Grande do Sul. Length of body, 80.5 mm. 62 mm. Length of pronotum, 25.5 " 20 " Greatest width of pronotum, .... 7 " 5.5 " Length of tegmen, 13.2 " 11.5 " Length of cephalic femur, 19 " 15.5 " Coptopteryx argentina (Burmeister). 1864. M[antis] argentina Burmeister, Berlin Entom. Zeitsch., ^^[II, p. 208. [Argentina between Buenos Ayres and Mendoza.] 7 d", 10 $ . December, 1904; January to March, 1905. This series is rather uniform in size and quite so in coloration. PHOTINA Burmeister. 1838. Photina Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., Bd. II, Abth. II, pt. I, p. 531. Type. — P. vitrea Burmeister. Photina brevis n. sp. Type: c?; Sapucay, Paraguay. March 5, 1905. (William Foster.) [Hebard Collection.] Very closely allied to P. vitrea Burmeister, but differing in the shorter pronotum and the more numerous rami of the discoidal vein of the wing. Size medium; form moderately slender. Head broad, trigonal, occipital outline moderately arcuate; ocelli large, placed in a broad triangle, apex ventrad; eyes moderately projecting laterad; facial scutellum strongly transverse, dorsad with a median arcuation, sinuate laterad, ventrad margin slightly concave; antennae slightly exceeding the head and pronotum in length, sub-moniliform. Pronotum with the cephalic section moderately expanded, not constricted cephalad 1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 but rounding narrowly from the greatest expansion to the cephahc margin; shaft slightly exceeding the expanded portion in length, mod- erately narrowed, slightly expanded caudad; margias unarmed, dorsum without distinct carina. Tegmen large, hyaline except for the semi-opacpie costal field, in shape elongate-ovate, the greatest width at the distal third, costal and sutural margins arcuate proximad and distad, apex narrowly rounded; median vein furcate with each arm again furcate; discoidal vein furcate proximad, the caudal arm again furcate; principal axillary veins three in number; stigma very weak, linear, crossing the discoidal vein. Wing about tw^ce as long as broad, costal margin straight in the proximal two-thirds, strongly arcuate in the distal third, apex slightly acute, narrowly rounded, caudal margin of the projecting portion of the anterior field nearly straight, oblique; humeral vein furcate near the base, the rami parallel for the greater part of their length ; median vein furcate near the apex ; discoidal vein trifurcate, the first being almost at the base, the second nearly mesad, the third about the proximal third; axillary vein bifur- cate, the first not far from the base, the other near the apex. Abdo- men rather slender; supra-anal plate short, trigonal; subgenital plate moderately produced and provided distad with two small styles; cerci slender, acute, moderately exceeding the subgenital plate. Cephalic coxa about two-thirds the length of the pronotum; cephalic femur somewhat shorter than the pronotum, rather slender, armed with six spines on the external margin (counting the genicular spine) and tv.'elve of two sizes on the internal ; tibia slightly more than half the Fig. 1. — Photina brcvis n. sp. Tegmen and ■nnng of male type. (X 2.) 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, length of the femur, armed on the external margin with thirteen spines and twelve on the internal. Median and caudal limbs rather slender. General color pale apple green becoming weak parrot green on the ab- domen. Eyes walnut brown ; antennse cinnamon ; ocelli glassy crimson, their peduncles rather yellowish. Cep- halic femora with the larger spines on their internal margins marked proximad with blackish, the proximal section of the femora also with two circular blackish spots on the ventral portion of the internal face ; tibiae washed with yellowish. Tegmina with the semi-opaque costal area weak apple green, remainder F" o^ph f hyaline but the nerves of the same greenish. Wings brevis n. sp. with the costal margin washed with greenish, the Dorsal view of remainder hyaline, the nerves greenish as in the male prone- ^ ' ^ turn. (X 3.) tegmina. Measurements. Length of body, 41 mm. Length of pronotum, 10.5 Greatest width of pronotum, 3.5 Length of tegmen, 35 Greatest width of tegmen, 11.2 Length of cephalic femur, 9 Length of caudal femur, 11.2 Two females have also been examined, one taken in February, the other in March, 1905. These individuals differ in no essential par- ticulars from the type. PARAMUSONIA Rehn. 1894. Musonia Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 64. (Not of Stal, 1877.) 1904. Paramusonia Rehn, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVII, p. 567. Type. — Thespis cuhensis Saussure. Paramusonia livida Serville. 1839. Thespis livida Serville, Orthopt^res, p. 172. [Brazil.] Six 6^. April and May, 1902; February and March, 1905. These specimens are very slightly larger than the measurements given by Serville: "Long 1 pouce au moins, non compris la lame abdominale .... prothorax long de trois lignes au moias." Several of the individuals seen about equal the length of body of this species 1907.] NATURAL SCIEN'CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 given by Caudell.^ In all the specimens the tips of the tegmina fall in repose at least a millimeter short of the tips of the wings. CREOBOTRIN.^:. ACANTHOPS Servillo. 1831. Acanthops Ser\ille, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. .52. Type. — Mantis fuscifolia Olivier = MmUis sinuata Stoll. Acanthops sinuata (Stoll). ISl.S. [Mantis] sinuata Stoll, Xatuur. Afbeeld. Besch. Spooken, pp. 12, 77, pi. IV, fig.- 14. [Surinam.] 8 c?, 10 ? . November, 1904, to March. 1905. This series shows some variation in size in both sexes, and also in the shade of the general coloration. Some individuals are decidedly blackish brown and others are practically ferruginous, the average, however, being darker. The tegmina of the females in no case exceed twenty-four millimeters in length. VATIX-E. OXYOPSIS Caudell. 1809. Oxyops Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell., Ill, pp. 56, 66. (Xot of Schonherr, 1826.) 1904. Oxyopsis Caudell, Journ. N. Y. Ent. See, XII, p. 184. Type. — 0. rubicunda (Stoll). *Oxyopsis lobeter" n. kp. Type: 9 ; Sapucay, Paraguay, January 26, 1905. (William Foster.) [Hebard Collection.] Allied to 0. media and obtusa (Stal) from Brazil, but with the teg- mina and wings much longer, the limbs also somewhat longer, while the general size is about the same. The proportions of the exposed sec- tion of the wings is as in obtusa, and the eyes are rectangulate laterad as in that species. The relationship is apparently closer to obtusa than to media. General size rather large. Head depressed, very broadly trigonal, occipital outline straight, cephalic section of the occiput flattened, except for four spaced longitudinal depressions, and forming an obtuse angle with the portion of the head ventrad of the insertion of the antennae; ocelli very small, well spaced in a broad unequal triangle; facial scutellum transverse, the dorsal margin straight mesad and * Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XII. p. 184. ' Auf3rfTr/p^ destroyer. 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP^ [April, obliquely emarginate laterad, ventral margin very slightly concave; eyes produced laterad, rectangulate, sub-mammilliform. Pronotum '■\ / elongate, the collar contained slightly more than three times in the length of the shaft, supra-coxal dilations moderate, the collar hardly constricted cephalad of the expansion; margins serrato-dentate, the serrations becoming fewer and smaller caudad, shaft carinate throughout its length, the carina weak mesad. Abdomen considerably depressed, broad, Tegmen broad, subequal, the width being contained two and a half times in the length; costal margin nearly straight, slightly rounded proximad, obliquely rounded distad, su- tural margin nearly straight, apex rather broadly rounded; costal field very broad, in its widest section two-fifths the width of the entire tegmen, costal veins about twelve in number, strongly oblique and curved toward the apex in the distal section ; humeral vein fur- cate near the apex; median vein with two rami ; discoidal vein with two rami the caudal of which is furcate; stigma distinct, irregular. Wing with the greatest width contained about twice in the length, the portion extending beyond the tip of the tegmen when in repose being trigonal and broader than long. Cephalic coxa nearly three- fifths as long as the pronotum, all the margins serrato-spinose, the ventral margin with spines of two different sizes; cephalic femur nearly three- fourths the length of the pronotum, slender, armed on the external margin with four spines and seven large and nine small ones on the internal margin, Fig. 3. — Oxyopsis lobeter n. sp. view of type. (X l|.) Dorsal Fig. 4. — Oxyop- sis lobeter n. sp. Cephalic view of head. (X 2.) 1907.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 a median line of small tubercles are present on the proximal portion of the ventral surface; cephalic tibia not quite half the length of the femur, armeel with ten spines on the external margin and six- teen on the internal. Median limbs rather slender, of moderate length; caudal limbs very considerably longer than the median. General color dull olive green, touched in many places with bice green and jjarrot green. Head touched with yellowish, the eyes seal brown. Proiiotum with considerable brownish on the shaft. Teg- mina passing from nearly bottle green proximad and on a section of the costal area through pea green to apple green in the distal half of the discoidal area and oil green in the costal section; hyaline intersticas limited to the pea green area and the apple gi-een section immediately adjoining it in the discoidal field ; stigma touched with brown. Wings with the exposed section coriaceous and opaque oil green; remainder of the wings, except a narrow greenish touch along the costal margin, hyaline with the transverse veins rather broadly touched with gamboge yellow. Cephalic femora and tibiae with the principal spines almost entirely blackish-brown, the others touched with the same color. ]\Iedian and caudal limbs with the femora mars brown, the tiljise and tarsi oil green. Measurements. Length of body, 61.5 mm. Length of prouotum, 24.5 Greatest width of pronotum, 5 " Length of tegmen, 32 Greatest width of tegmen, 12 Greatest width of costal field, 5 " Length of cephalic femur, 17.2 Length of median femur, 15 Length of caudal femur, 19 A paratypic female, taken December 20, 1904, is essentially similar to the type though slightly larger. The color pattern of the tegmina is not as marked in it as in the type and the hyaline interstices more numerous and extensive. PHASMIDJE. BACTERIINiE. CEROYS Serville. ♦Ceroys coronatus (Thunberg). 1815. P[hasma] coronata Thunberg, Mem. I' Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pet^rsb., V, p. 299. [Xo locality.] 1 9 . December, 1904. 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, As far as the brief original description goes this specimen appears to represent Thimberg's species. In the absence of any recent informa- tion on Thimberg's original specimen of this species, the individual in hand may justly be considered the same as coronata until further knowledge disproves or substantiates the association. Measurements of the Sapucay Specimen. Length of body, 106 mm. Length of pronotum, 4.5 Length of mesonotum, 27.5 Length of metanotum (including median segment), . . . 18 " Length of abdomen, 49.5 " Length of cephalic femur, 20.5 " Length of median femur, 15.5 " Length of caudal femur, 21 " CLITUMNIN.E. STELEOXIPHUS' n. gen. Type. — S. catastates n. sp. A member of the Clitumninae and related to Paraleptynia and Cera- tiscus Caudell, both described from Sapucay. The genus Paraleptynia was based on a male individual, while a female is the only available representative of the new genus. The antennse are shorter than in Paralepttjnia and with some of the segments of different proportions, while the general slender form agrees with that genus. The chief character of Ceratiscus, which was based on a female, is the elongate opercule which is also present in Steleoxiphus, although the form of the latter is by no means as robust, being slender as in Paraleptynia with the limbs not lobed or serrate. The character of the antennae is more similar to that of Ceratiscus than of Paraleptynia. Form very elongate; surface glabrous. Head with the eyes very small ; antennae very little longer than the head and pronotum, proximal joint over twice as long as broad, strongly depressed laterad and proximad, second joint more rounded and hardly half the length of the proximal, third joint similar to the second but slightly longer, the fourth to sixth joints similar to the second and from the seventh they evenly increase in length distad. Mesonotum and metanotum (includ- ing median segment) subequal in length; median segment longer than broad, Subgenital opercule produced into a compressed, elongate, hastate process. Limbs slender, unarmed. ' ^Trfkri^ post ; f '^ttf , sword. 1907.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163 (William Foster.) *Steleoxiphu8 catastatee* n. sp. Type: ? ; Sapiicay, Paraguay. ^larch 5, 1905 [Hebard Collection.] Size medium. Head slender, subparallel, the caudal width contained about two and a half times in the length; occiput w'ith a very fine median longitudinal impressed line and a lateral one extending caudad from each eye; eyes subcircular, strongly flattened when viewed dorsad; ocelli distinct but small and placed in a large triangle between and immediately caudad of the antennae. Pronotum slender, slightly com- pressed mesad, a distinct transverse and a less distinct longitudinal im- pressed line present. Mesonotum nearly five times the length of the pronotum, regularly but slightly ex- panding caudad. Metanotum about equal to the mesonotum in length, subequal in width except for a very slight caudal expansion; median seg- ment about a third as long as the remainder of the metanotum, and in its own length nearly twice its width. Abdomen with the proximal seven segments distinctly longitudinal and increasing in length from the first to the sixth, the seventh being shorter than the sixth and about equal to the first ; eighth and ninth segments sub- equal, each hardly two-thirds the length of the seventh, fifth to eighth segments tectate, ninth tectate and carinate dorsad; supra-anal plate very small, trigonal; cerci simple, styliform, about two and a half times the length of the supra-anal plate; subgenital opercule strongly compressed, the lateral surfaces con- Fig. 5. — Steleoxiphus catastates n. gen. and sp. Dorsal \iew of type. Natural size. * KaraffT.TT^/r, an establisher. 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, cave, apex acute, surface finely marked with longitudinal linear series of minute punctures. Ceph- alic femora equal to the length Fig. e.—Steleoxiphus catastates n. gen. o^ mesonotum and half of the and sp. Lateral \iew of apex of metanotum, proximal flexure dis- abdomenof tj-pe. (x 2.) ..• x i i. n • j f ^-u tinct but small, remamder oi the femur multicarinate; cephalic tibise slightly shorter than the femora; cephalic tarsi with the metatarsus distinctly longer than the remaining joints. Median femora about equal to the metanotum in length; median tibise somewhat shorter than the femora; median tarsi with the metatarsus very slightly shorter than the remaining tarsal joints. Caudal femora extending to the middle of the fifth abdominal segment; tibiiie distinctly but not very greatly shorter than the femora; tarsi with the metatarsus about equal to the remaining tarsal joints. General color apple green, becoming oil green on the limbs and touched with ochraceous on the ventral section of the head, and also on the presternum, cephalic and caudal sections of the mesosternum and cephalic section of the metasternum and a narrow ventral median line on the abdomen is of the same color. The subgenital opercule and cephalic tarsi are chiefly pale ochraceous, while the ochraceous on the caudal section of the mesosternum is overlaid with a brownish spot. Eyes vinaceous-cinnamon, antennae ochraceous. Measurements. Length of body, 97 mm. Length of antenna, ... + 8.1 " Length of pronotum, 3.2 " Length of mesonotum, 17.2 '' Length of metanotum (including median segment), ... 18 " Length of median segment, 4.5 " Length of abdomen 42.5 " Length of subgenital opercule, 24.5 " Length of cephalic femur, 26 " Length of median femur, 17.8 '' Length of caudal femur, 22 " The type is unique. There is a possibility that this species is the female of Paraleptynia fosteri Caudefl, known only from the male, but it does not appear right or proper to assume that such strikingly different antennal characters exist in the sexes of the same species. The possibility exists, however 1007.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 165 ami it remains for further collections and observations to accurately establish the true relationship of the two forms. PSEUDOPHASMIX/E. OLCYPHIDES Griirmi. *01cyphides fasciatus (iniy. l>.8."i. P[hasma] fascialum Grav, Svnop. Spec. In.s. Yarn. Plia.sni., p. 24. [Brazil.] 1 9 . December, 15)04. This specimen answers the description of the species cjuite well. As no measurements were given in the original description the following may be of interest: Length of body, 71 mm. Length of antenna, 68 " Length of pronotum 4 " Length of mesonotum, 7.2 " Length of tegmen, 5 " Length of wing, 44.5 " *01cyphides hopii (Cray). 1S35. P[hasmo] Hopil Grav, Svnop. Spec. Ins. Fani. Plia.sin., p. 25. [Brazil.] I d". February, 1902. Wliether this specimen is the other sex of the species here called fasciatus or distinct cannot be positively determined from the material in hand. It agrees quite well with the brief description of hopii, and differs from fasciatus, as here understood, in having a much smaller tegminal protuberance, lateral lines of yellowish present on the thorax and distinctly though narrowl}- annulate antennae. Whether these are specific or sexual characters remains to be determined. ACRIDID^. ACliYDIIX.K. TETTIGIDEA Scudder. Tettigidea multicostata Bolivar. LSs7. r['/^;/'</''"] "'"^''^os/o/o Bolivar. Ann. Soc.'Entom.'Belff XXXI i> 299. [Brazil.] • - ^ > •• i • 9 9. February and March, 1905. This series has been compared with representatives from Caiza, l>olivia, Salta and Tucuman, Argentina. PBoscopix.i:. CEPHALOC(EMA Sirvillc. CephaloccBma oostulata Burmeister. II c , 13 ? . November, 1901 ; Februarv and .ALarch, 1905. 12 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, The variation in size exliibited by this series, in addition to the sUght variation in the comparative length of the rostrum, would at first sight appear to be due to the presence of two or more species. However, no line of demarcation in size or in the number of tibial spines, the latter extremely variable in individuals, can be recognized, and for the present at least all are considered costulata. The strength of the abdominal strigte is another character of variability in this material, and two of the female specimens appear to be what Bruner has pro- visionally called hurmeisteri.^ ACRIDIN.E. The material belonging to this subfamily has been studied in two previous papers,^*^ the species being merely listed here, with any com- ments brought out by an examination of determinations in Prof. Bruner' s later paper {vide antea). HYALOPTERYX Charpentier. Hyalopteryx rufipennis Charpentier. Bruner has described as H. spccularis ^^ the form referred by the author to Charpentier's species. EUTRYXALIS Bruner. *Eutryxali3 gracilis (Giglio-Tos). TRUXALIS Fabricius. Truxalis brevicomis (Limueus). ORPHULA Stai. Orphula pagana (Stai). AMBLYTROPIDIA S»al. Amblytropidia robusta Bruner. The specimens referred with some little doubt to A. ferruginosa Stal by the author belong to Bruner's recently described species. *Amblytropidia cbapadensis Rehn. ORPHULINA Giglio-Tos. Orphulina pulcbella Giglio-Tos. » Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 619. '" Notes on South American Grasshoppers of the Subfamily Acridinte (Acrididae), with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 371-391. May, 1906. Studies in South and Central American Acridinae (Orth- optera), with the Descriptions of a New Genus and Six New Species. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 10-50. May 19, 1900. ^' Bruner's H. lameUipes from Sao Paulo, Brazil, in all probability equals H. aainus Rehn. 1907. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 ORPHULELLA Gislio-Tos. *Orphulella gracilis Gislio-Tos. Orphulella punctata (De Gecr). DICHROMORPHA Morse. Dichromorpha auatralis Bnnier. I'JOO. D[ichro»wrpha] australis Bruner, Ace. Gen. Spec. Locusts Argent., p. 28. [Carcaraiia, Argentina.] 1 d", 1 ?. February, 1901. TOXOPTERUS Bolivar. Toxopterus miniatus Bolivar. FENESTRA Cxiglio-Tcs. Fenestra bohlsii CTi,glio-Tos. AMBLYSCAPHEUS Bruner. Amblyscapheus glaucipes (Rehn). Staurorhectus glaucipes Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900 p. 34 figs. 9 and 10. May 19, 1906. Amblyscapheiis lineatus Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mu.-., XXX, p 6.33 June 1906.'2 The relationship of these two descriptions is obvious. STAURORHECTUS Uiglio-Tos. Staurorhectus longicornis Giglio-Tos. ' ISONYX Rehn. *Isonyx paraguayensis Rflm. EUPLECTROTETTIX Bruner. Euplectrotettix ferrugineus Bruner. SCYLLINA Stll. ^Scyllina brunneri (Giglio-Tos). Scyllina brasiliensis (Bruner). Scyllina conspersa (Bruner). Scyllina varipes (Bruner). (EDIPODIN.E. C(ELOPTERNA sm. 1873. Coelopterna Stal, Ofvers. at" K. Vetensk.-.\kad. Forhandlingar, XXX, No. 4, p. 53. Type. — Acrydium acuminatum De Geer. "Received in Philadelpliia, June 6; probable exact date one or two days previous. 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, *Coelopterna acuminata (De Geer). 1773. Acrydium acumiiiatum De Geer. Mem. I'Hist. Ins., Ill, p. 501, pi. XLII, fig. 10. [Surinam.] 1 d". January, 1903. This peculiar species has been recorded from several localities in Paraguay. No comparison has been made with Surinam material. PYRGOMORPHIN^. OSSA Giglio-Tos. 1894. Ossa Giglio-To.s, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 15, pi. fig. 2. Type. — 0. himaculata Giglio-Tos. Ossa bimaculata Giglio-Tos. 1894. 0[.sso] bimaculata Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 15, pi. fig. 2. [Resistencia nel Chaco, Argentina.] 12 d", 12 9 . December to March. All of the female specimens are slightly, and some considerably, larger than the measurements of the type given by Giglio-Tos. OMMEXECHA Serville. 1831. Ommexecha Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 285. Type. — 0. virens Serville, ♦Ommexecha virens Serville. 1831. Ommexecha virens Ser^alle, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 286. [Buerfos Ayres.] 4 9 . May, 1902. One of these specimens is distinctly true virens as far as color is con- cerned, the others apparently being Blanchard's 0. servillei, which probably is only a brown phase of virens. The only other conclusion that can be reached from the material before me is, that servillei has two color phases represented in this series, distinct, however, from virens which should be retained as a poorly understood form. This view does not appear as likely as the synonymy of servillei with virens. No structural characters separate the two color forms as far as available material goes, the strength of asperities and ridges in this genus being subject to considerable variation. Bruner has recorded the brown phase from Asuncion and San Bernardino, Paraguay, *Ommexecha germari Burmeister. 1838. 0[m7nexecha] German Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., bd. II, abtl;. II, pt. I, p. 655. [Brazil.] 9 (5", 10 9 . February and March, 1905; May, 1902. 1007.] N'ATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169 Tliis series cxliibits sonic variation in size and length of the tegmina and wings, the two sexes sharing ahke in the same. This species has also been recorded from Porto Allegre (Karsch) and Sfio T.eojtoldo (Bolivar), Rio Grande do Sid, Brazil. LOCUSTIN.'E. PKOCOLPIA stai. 1S73. Procolpia Stiil, Ofv. K. ^'ctcnsl<..-Akad. Forhandl., 1873, Xo. 4, p. .52. Type. — Xiphicera emarginata Serville. Procolpia minor Giglio-Tos. 189-4. P[rocolpin] minor Giglio-Tos, BoUott. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 17. [Colonia Risso, Rio Apa, Paraguay.] 1906. Munatia australis Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mas., XXX, p. 644. [Sapucay, Paraguay.] 8 d", 6 9 . February and March, 1905. On comparison of this series with the two descriptions cited above, it is very evident that both refer to the same species. "\Miile not abso- lutely typical Procolpia in the form of the apex of the tegmina, the species is certainly nearer Procolpia